Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Leisure / Clarus Corporation

Clarus Corporation

clar · NASDAQ Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker clar
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Leisure
Employees 470
← All annual reports
FY2023 Annual Report · Clarus Corporation
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Table of Contents

UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
FORM 10-K

☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF
THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2023

☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES
EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from ____________ to ____________

Commission File Number: 001-34767
CLARUS CORPORATION
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)

2084 East 3900 South
Salt Lake City, Utah
(Address of principal executive offices)

58-1972600
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

84124
(Zip code)

(801) 278-5552
(Registrant’s telephone number, including area code)

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class
Common Stock, par value $.0001 per share

Trading Symbol
CLAR

Name of each exchange on which registered
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:
 None

(Title of class)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Exchange Act. YES ☐ NO ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the Registrant was required to file such reports),
and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the
registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒ NO ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting
company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer
Accelerated filer

☐
☒

Non-accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

☐
☐
☐

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C.7262(b)) by the registered
public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act) YES ☐ NO ☒

The aggregate market value of the voting stock and non-voting common equity held by non-affiliates of the Registrant at June 30, 2023 was approximately $280.4 million based on $9.14 per share, the closing price of the common stock as quoted on the NASDAQ
Global Select Market.

As of March 4, 2024, there were 38,236,268 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001, outstanding.

DOCUMENT INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE

Portions of our Proxy Statement for the 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days of the Registrant’s 2023 fiscal year end are incorporated by reference into Part III of this Annual Report on
Form 10-K.

    
    
    
    
Table of Contents

INDEX

PART I
Item 1.
Item 1A.
Item 1B.
Item 1C.
Item 2.
Item 3.
Item 4.

PART II
Item 5.
Item 6.
Item 7.
Item 7A.
Item 8.
Item 9.
Item 9A.
Item 9B.
Item 9C.

PART III
Item 10.
Item 11.
Item 12.
Item 13.
Item 14.

PART IV
Item 15.
Item 16.

Signature Page

CLARUS CORPORATION

     Page

Business
Risk Factors
Unresolved Staff Comments
Cybersecurity
Properties
Legal Proceedings
Mine Safety Disclosures

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
[Reserved]
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data
Changes in and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure
Controls and Procedures
Other Information
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdiction that Prevent Inspections

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Executive Compensation
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence
Principal Accounting Fees and Services

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules
Form 10-K Summary

3
13
31
32
33
34
35

36
37
38
52
54
98
98
100
100

100
100
100
100
100

101
102

103

 
 
 
Table of Contents

ITEM 1. BUSINESS

Overview

PART I

Headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah, Clarus Corporation (which may be referred to as the “Company,” “Clarus,” “we,” “our” or “us”) is a global leading
designer,  developer,  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  best-in-class  outdoor  equipment  and  lifestyle  products  focused  on  the  outdoor  enthusiast  markets.
Each of our brands has a long history of continuous product innovation for core and everyday users alike. The Company’s products are principally sold
globally under the Black Diamond®, Rhino-Rack®, MAXTRAX® and TRED Outdoors® brand names through outdoor specialty and online retailers, our
own websites, distributors and original equipment manufacturers. We believe that our portfolio of iconic brands is well-positioned for sustainable, long-
term growth underpinned by industry trends across the outdoor and adventure sport end markets.

Our iconic brands are rooted in performance-defining technologies that enable our customers to have their best days outdoors. We have a long history of
technical innovation and product development, backed by an extensive patent portfolio that continues to evolve and advance our markets. We focus on
enhancing  our  customers’  performance  in  the  most  critical  moments.  Our  commitment  to  quality,  rigorous  safety,  and  ultimately  best-in-class  design  is
evidenced by outstanding industry recognition, as we have received numerous product awards across our portfolio of brands.

Each  of  our  brands  represents  a  unique  customer  value  proposition.  Supported  by  six  decades  of  proven  innovation,  Black  Diamond  is  an  established
global  leader  in  high-performance,  activity-based  climbing,  skiing,  and  technical  mountain  sports  equipment.  The  brand  is  synonymous  with  premium
performance, safety and reliability. Our previously owned Sierra and Barnes brands have been leading specialty manufacturers of bullets and ammunition
for  over  50  years.  Since  1947,  Sierra  has  been  dedicated  to  manufacturing  the  highest-quality,  most  accurate  bullets  in  the  world  for  hunting  and  sport
shooting  enthusiasts.  Barnes  traces  its  history  back  to  1932,  and  since  1989  has  manufactured  technologically-advanced,  lead-free  bullets  and  premium
ammunition  for  hunters,  range  shooters,  military  and  law  enforcement  professionals.  Founded  in  1992,  our  Rhino-Rack  brand  is  a  globally-recognized
designer and distributor of highly-engineered automotive roof racks and accessories to enhance the outdoor enthusiast’s overlanding experience. Founded
in 2005, our MAXTRAX brand offers high-quality overlanding and off-road vehicle recovery and extraction tracks for the overland and off-road market.
Founded  in  2012,  our  TRED  brand  offers  high-quality,  reliable  outdoor  and  recovery  gear  for  the  offroad,  4x4  automotive  touring,  camping  and
caravanning markets.

Clarus, incorporated in Delaware in 1991, acquired Black Diamond Equipment, Ltd. (“Black Diamond Equipment”) in May 2010 and changed its name to
Black Diamond, Inc. in January 2011. In October 2012, we acquired PIEPS Holding GmbH and its subsidiaries (collectively, “PIEPS”). On August 14,
2017,  the  Company  changed  its  name  from  Black  Diamond,  Inc.  to  Clarus  Corporation  and  its  stock  ticker  symbol  from  “BDE”  to  “CLAR”  on  the
NASDAQ stock exchange.

On  August  21,  2017,  the  Company  acquired  Sierra  Bullets,  L.L.C.  (“Sierra”).  On  November  6,  2018,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of
SKINourishment, Inc. (“SKINourishment”). On October 2, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities constituting the
Barnes  business.  On  July  1,  2021,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Australia-based  Rhino-Rack  Holdings  Pty  Ltd  (“Rhino-Rack”).  On
December  1,  2021,  the  Company  completed  the  acquisition  of  Australia-based  MaxTrax  Australia  Pty  Ltd  (“MAXTRAX”).  On  October  9,  2023,  the
Company completed the acquisition of Australia-based TRED Outdoors Pty Ltd. (“TRED”).

On February 29, 2024, the Company and Everest/Sapphire Acquisition, LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, completed the sale to Bullseye Acquisitions,
LLC,  an  affiliate  of  JDH  Capital  Company,  of  all  of  the  equity  associated  with  the  Company’s  Precision  Sport  segment,  which  is  comprised  of  the
Company’s subsidiaries Sierra and Barnes Bullets – Mona, LLC (“Barnes”), pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 29, 2023, by
and  among,  Bullseye Acquisitions,  LLC,  Everest/Sapphire Acquisition,  LLC  and  the  Company  (the  “Precision  Sport  Purchase Agreement”).  Under  the
terms of the Precision Sport Purchase Agreement, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $37,871,000 in cash, after payment of certain fees
and  settlement  of  the  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  for  all  of  the  equity  associated  with  the  Company’s  Precision  Sport  segment.  The  activities  of  the
Precision Sport segment have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial
statements for financial information regarding discontinued operations.

3

Table of Contents

Market Overview

Our  brands  participate  in  the  outdoor-oriented  lifestyle  that  has  and  is  expected  to  benefit  from  favorable  long-term  growth  trends.  The  users  of  our
products  are  loyal  outdoor  enthusiasts,  including  climbers,  mountaineers,  trail  runners,  skiers,  mountain  bikers,  backpackers  and  campers,  adventure
seekers,  overlanders  and  other  outdoor-inspired  consumers.  We  believe  we  have  a  strong  reputation  for  innovation,  style,  quality,  design,  safety  and
durability  in  our  core  product  lines,  positioning  us  for  sustainable  growth  amidst  the  acceleration  of  our  market  opportunity.  Select  factors  driving  this
acceleration include:

Increasing Adoption of Outdoor Lifestyles and Focus on Health and Wellness. According to Outdoor Foundation, over the past decade, many outdoor
activities have experienced a consistent rise in participation rates. This heightened participation has grown in tandem with increasing consumer focus on
health and wellness with many consumers acutely aware of the myriad of physical and mental health benefits associated with outdoor activities.

Growing  Demand  for  SUVs  as  “Staycations,”  Road  Trips  and  Short  Breaks  Increase  in  Popularity.  Following  the  emergence  of  the  COVID-19
pandemic,  we  believe  that  outdoor  participation  and  the  desire  for  more  localized  vacation  trips  experienced  an  uplift  as  consumers  actively  sought
activities that conform to local social distancing guidelines, and avoided air and rail travel. We anticipate that the continuing impact of rising energy costs
and inflation, along with positive memories consumers have from their previous pandemic “staycations”, will continue this trend of localized travel. In
addition, the popularity of pickups and, more recently, their sibling sport utility vehicles (“SUVs”) and crossover utility vehicles (“CUVs”) continues to
rise. They are multipurpose vehicles, proving equally functional for daily commutes, heavy jobsite work or recreational and trail activities. Per the 2022
issue of “SEMA Light-Truck Snapshot,” the light-truck segment — which includes pickups, vans, SUVs and CUVs — is forecast to account for 80% of all
new passenger vehicle sales by 2028. The demand for vehicles geared towards local travel is driving demand for extra luggage space and the automotive
rack market, which is expected to directly benefit our Rhino-Rack, MAXTRAX and TRED brands.

Rise of Overlanding. Combining off-road driving with backcountry lifestyle activities, such as camping, hiking, kayaking and mountain biking, we believe
that  overlanding  has  driven  a  new  niche  in  the  light  truck,  SUV  and  CUV  segment  for  enthusiasts  and  light  truck  manufacturers,  which  is  expected  to
directly benefit our Rhino-Rack, MAXTRAX and TRED brands. Per SEMA, overlanding, loosely defined, is the practice of exploring the backcountry in a
purpose-built vehicle — generally, a high-clearance four-wheel drive — that is equipped to allow its occupants to remain self-sufficient for periods of time
ranging from a few days to several weeks. Overlanding originated in Australia, with popularity in South America and sub-Saharan Africa, but its popularity
in North America has grown over the past decade.

Due to its overlap with numerous outdoor lifestyle activities, overlanding’s market growth is difficult to precisely measure, but we believe that the global
adventure  tourism  market — which  includes  camping,  hiking,  mountain  biking,  kayaking,  rafting  and  other  pursuits  that  are  closely  associated  with
overlanding — reflects this growing trend and is expected to continue to grow in the coming years.

Climbing Verticals Becoming Mainstream. With the release of critically acclaimed free climbing documentary The Dawn Wall as well as the Academy
Award-winning rock climbing documentary Free Solo, mainstream consumers are increasingly exposed to the markets that Clarus and, specifically, Black
Diamond work to serve. Furthermore, the 2020 Tokyo Olympics marked the first time that sport climbing debuted in an Olympic stadium, bringing the
thrills of high-skill rock climbing to the living rooms of people across the globe. The 2024 Paris Summer Olympics will also include sport climbing events.

4

Table of Contents

As the variety of outdoor sports activities continues to proliferate, and existing outdoor sports evolve and become more specialized, we believe there is
demand in the marketplace to address the unique technical and performance needs of such enthusiasts. We believe we have been able to help address this
opportunity by seeking to leverage our intimate knowledge of what the customer needs to perform at the highest level. We continue to seek to improve on
our  existing  product  lines  by  expanding  our  offerings  into  new  niche  categories,  and  by  incorporating  innovative  industrial  design,  engineering  and
performance  tolerances  into  our  products.  We  believe  the  credibility  and  authenticity  of  our  brands  expands  our  potential  market  beyond  committed
outdoor athletes to outdoor generalists who desire to lead active, outdoor-focused lifestyles.

Growth Strategies

Our  growth  strategies  are  to  achieve  sustainable,  profitable  growth  organically  while  seeking  to  expand  our  business  through  targeted,  strategic
acquisitions. We intend to create new and innovative products, increase consumer and retailer awareness and demand for our products, and build stronger
emotional brand connections with consumers over time across an increasing number of geographic markets. Additionally, long-term growth is underpinned
by powerful industry trends across the outdoor enthusiast markets. Our growth initiatives include, but are not limited to the following:

Growth in International Markets. We believe there is a significant opportunity to expand the presence and penetration of each of our brands globally. The
European alpine market is currently significantly larger than the U.S. market and is highly fragmented by country, with no clear leader across Europe. We
have been able to gain market share by emphasizing our Black Diamond brand, positioning it as a global brand with American roots. The acquisition of
Rhino-Rack adds a leading market position in Australia and New Zealand, with an opportunity to grow our presence in the U.S., currently less than 1%
market  share,  through  key  partnerships  with  brick-and-mortar  and  online  retailers  alike,  and  enhanced  brand  awareness.  Our  most  recent  acquisitions,
MAXTRAX and TRED, have leading market positions in Australia and we believe they have a significant opportunity to grow in the U.S.

Acquisition of Complementary Businesses. We expect to target acquisitions as a viable opportunity to gain access to new product groups and customer
channels, and increase penetration of existing markets. We may also pursue acquisitions that diversify the Company within the outdoor enthusiast markets.
To  the  extent  we  pursue  future  acquisitions,  we  intend  to  focus  on  enthusiast  brands  with  recurring  revenue,  sustainable  margins  and  strong  cash  flow
generation. We anticipate financing future acquisitions prudently through a combination of cash on hand, operating cash flow, bank financings, and capital
markets offerings.

Competitive Strengths

Authentic  Portfolio  of  Iconic  Enthusiast  Brands.  We  believe  that  our  brands  are  iconic  among  devoted,  active-outdoor  enthusiasts  with  a  strong
reputation for innovation, style, quality, design, safety and durability. Each of our brands is synonymous with the sport it serves, tracing its roots to the
modern origins of each sport.

● Since 1957, our Black Diamond brand has been a global innovator in activity-based climbing, skiing, and mountain sports equipment.
● Our Rhino-Rack brand was founded in 1992 and has become well-respected and widely recognized for outdoor enthusiasts.
● Our MAXTRAX brand was founded in 2005 and has become the market leader in recovery boards for overlanding enthusiasts.
● Our  TRED  brand  was  founded  in  2012  and  offers  high-quality,  reliable  outdoor  and  recovery  gear  for  the  offroad,  4x4  automotive  touring,

camping and caravanning markets.

Our brands also appeal to everyday customers seeking high-quality products for outdoor or urban and suburban living. Our focus on innovation, safety and
style differentiates us from our competitors.

5

Table of Contents

Outdoor

Black  Diamond  Equipment:  Black  Diamond  Equipment  is  a  global  innovator  in  climbing,  skiing  and  mountain  sports  equipment  enabling  peak
performance for outdoor enthusiasts. The brand is synonymous with innovation, performance, safety and durability. Headquartered in Salt Lake City at the
base  of  the  Wasatch  Mountains,  Black  Diamond  products  are  created  and  tested  locally  on  its  alpine  peaks,  slopes,  crags  and  trails.  Continuously
recognized as an industry-leading innovator, Black Diamond has received over 500 industry awards over five years, including over 157 product awards in
2023 alone.

Adventure

Rhino-Rack:   Headquartered in Sydney, Australia, Rhino-Rack has been a widely recognized, premier aftermarket automotive roof rack and accessories
brand since 1992 with a leading market position in Australia. Best known for its “north/south” roof rack design, Rhino-Rack’s product offering includes
roof racks, luggage carriers, shade awnings, kayak carriers, bike carriers and load-securing accessories. Rhino-Rack has a long track record of launching
new,  innovative  products  with  state-of-the-art  engineering  serving  and  enhancing  the  outdoor  enthusiast’s  overlanding  experience.  Rhino-Rack  has  a
clearly defined growth strategy, underpinned by access to Clarus’ go-to-market playbook and key customer relationships. Specifically, we believe there is
significant opportunity to capture market share and further enhance brand awareness in North America, and globally, through partner and direct ecommerce
growth, expansion of the dealer network and new distribution and brand-building partnerships.

MAXTRAX: Founded in 2005, MAXTRAX is considered the creator of the vehicle recovery board. MAXTRAX has developed a product lineup consisting
of high-quality vehicle recovery and extraction tracks, including its original MAXTRAX MKII recovery track. All MAXTRAX vehicle recovery tracks are
manufactured in Australia using its proprietary, Australian-sourced, engineering-grade and fiber-reinforced nylon. MAXTRAX currently sells its products
around the world to distributors, retailers, government agencies, third-party e-commerce sites and through its own website.

TRED:  Founded  in  2012,  TRED,  which  stands  for  Totally  Reliable  Explorer  Driven,  is  designed  and  built  for  the  “Seriously  Adventurous”  and  is
passionately  supported  by  customers  and  consumers  who  live  and  breathe  the  lifestyle.    TRED’s  products,  which  are  synonymous  with  quality  and
engineering, are all made in Australia using Australian-sourced and tested high-grade materials.  TRED is a trusted brand for key retailers and distributors
primarily in Australia, with a growing export market including Canada, the Middle East, New Zealand, South Africa, and the U.S.

6

Table of Contents

Precision Sport

The activities of the Precision Sport segment have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 3 to our
consolidated financial statements for financial information regarding discontinued operations.

Sierra: Sierra Bullets is dedicated to manufacturing the highest-quality, most accurate bullets and ammunition in the world. From local and international
shooting competitions to sport and hunting, Sierra is synonymous with precision, providing critical dependability to hunting and sport shooting enthusiasts.
This performance is born from a proprietary manufacturing, testing and quality assurance process that enables the achievement of the tightest tolerances in
the  industry.  Sierra’s  bullets  and  ammunition  are  used  for  precision  target  shooting,  hunting  and  defense  purposes.  Sierra’s  products  have  cultivated  a
significant consumer following recognized by iconic “green box” packaging and include globally recognized bullet brands such as Sierra® MatchKing®,
Sierra® GameKing® and Sierra® BlitzKing® and ammunition brands such as GameChanger®, Prairie Enemy TM, Outdoor Master® and Sport Master®.

Barnes:  Barnes  Bullets  is  an  industry  leader  in  all-copper  bullet  technology  and  innovation.  The  company  manufactures  some  of  the  world’s  most
technologically  advanced  lead-free  bullets  and  premium  hunting,  self-defense  and  tactical  ammunition.  Barnes  has  earned  its  strong  reputation  through
unrivaled performance and terminal results. This reputation is defined by innovative design, advanced manufacturing techniques and a core focus on the
end-user. As a result, Barnes has generated a strong consumer following supported by its globally recognized bullet brands such as Barnes® TSX®, X
Bullet®, Varmint Grenade® and Expander® and ammunition brands VOR-TX® and TAC-XPD®. With its products being sold through its online store, a
variety of retailers and international distributors, Barnes’ customers include hunters, range shooters, military and law enforcement professionals around the
world.

Product Innovation and Development Capabilities at Clarus. We have a long history of technical innovation and product development. Our employees’
passion and intimacy with our core outdoor activities generates new and boundary-pushing concepts and products, which we believe provides a significant
advantage that will drive our Company to new levels. We seek to design products that enhance our customers’ personal performance as they participate in
the activities we serve. We integrate quality assurance and quality control teams throughout the entire design process to maintain the quality and integrity
for which our brands are known. We believe that our vertically integrated design and development process and enthusiastic employee base provide us with
a competitive advantage to continue to drive future innovation for our Company and the markets we serve.

Experienced  and  Incentivized  Senior  Management  Team.  The  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  our  executive  officers,  including  Mr.  Warren
Kanders, are substantial stockholders of the Company, and beneficially own approximately 20.2% of our outstanding common stock as of March 4, 2024,
which we believe aligns the interests of our Board of Directors and our executive officers with that of our stockholders.

Growth-oriented Capital Structure. Our capital structure provides us with the capacity to fund future growth.

7

Table of Contents

Operating Segments

We operated our business within three segments until the sale of the Precision Sport segment on February 29, 2024.  After the sale of the Precision Sport
segment,  we  will  operate  the  business  within  two  segments.  These  segments  are  defined  based  on  the  internal  financial  reporting  used  by  our  chief
operating  decision  maker  to  allocate  resources  and  assess  performance.  Certain  significant  selling  and  general  and  administrative  expenses  are  not
allocated to the segments, including non-cash stock compensation expense. Each segment is described below:

● Our  Outdoor  segment,  which  includes  Black  Diamond  Equipment  and  PIEPS,  is  a  global  leader  in  designing,  manufacturing,  and  marketing
innovative  outdoor  engineered  equipment  and  apparel  for  climbing,  mountaineering,  trail  running,  backpacking,  skiing,  and  a  wide  range  of
other year-round outdoor recreation activities. Our Outdoor segment offers a broad range of products including: high-performance, activity-based
apparel (such as shells, insulation, midlayers, pants and logowear); rock-climbing footwear and equipment (such as carabiners, protection devices,
harnesses, belay devices, helmets, and ice-climbing gear); technical backpacks and high-end day packs; trekking poles; headlamps and lanterns;
and  gloves  and  mittens.  We  also  offer  advanced  skis,  ski  poles,  ski  skins,  and  snow  safety  products,  including  avalanche  airbag  systems,
avalanche transceivers, shovels, and probes.

● Our Adventure  segment,  which  includes  Rhino-Rack,  MAXTRAX  and  TRED,  is  a  manufacturer  of  highly-engineered  automotive  roof  racks,
trays, mounting systems, luggage boxes, carriers, recovery boards and accessories in Australia and New Zealand and a growing presence in the
United States.

See  Note  18  to  our  consolidated  financial  statements  for  financial  information  regarding  our  segments. Also,  see  Note  3  to  our  consolidated  financial
statements for financial information regarding our Precision Sport segment which is now classified as discontinued operations.

Products

Our products span a large assortment of product categories and include a wide variety of technical outdoor equipment and lifestyle products for a wide
range  of  outdoor  enthusiasts,  including  climbers,  mountaineers,  trail  runners,  skiers,  backpackers  and  campers,  competitive  shooters,  hunters  and  other
outdoor-inspired consumers. We design many of our products for extreme applications, such as high-altitude mountaineering, ice and rock climbing, as
well as backcountry skiing and alpine touring. We also previously manufactured high-quality bullets and ammunition with the tightest tolerances in the
industry  that  enhance  the  performance  of  competitive  shooters  and  hunters.  We  manufacture  highly-engineered  automotive  roof  racks,  trays,  mounting
systems, luggage boxes, carriers, recovery tracks and accessories. Generally, we divide our product offerings into the following three primary categories:

● Outdoor:  Our  outdoor  line  consists  of  apparel,  footwear,  headlamps,  lights,  trekking  poles,  gloves,  packs,  avalanche  airbags,  poles,  avalanche
safety  devices,  and  equipment  such  as  carabiners,  harnesses,  protection  devices,  and  various  other  climbing,  mountaineering,  hiking,  and
backcountry accessories and products.

● Precision Sport: Our former precision sport line consists of premium quality high-precision bullets and ammunition used in competitive shooting,

hunting and other applications and environments.

● Adventure: Our adventure line consists of highly-engineered automotive roof racks, trays, mounting systems, luggage boxes, carriers, recovery

tracks and accessories.

Product Design and Development

We conduct our product research, evaluation, and design activities at our locations in Salt Lake City, Utah; Lebring, Austria; Wimberly, Texas; Sydney,
Australia; and Brisbane, Australia.

We typically bring new products from concept to market in approximately 18 to 36 months, depending upon the technology integration and complexity of
the product. We work simultaneously on product lines for the four subsequent selling seasons.

We expense research and development costs as incurred in selling, general, and administrative expenses.

8

Table of Contents

Customers

We market and distribute our products in over 50 countries, primarily through independent specialty stores and specialty chains, premium sporting goods
and outdoor recreation stores, distributors and OEMs in the United States, Canada, Europe, Middle East, Asia, Australia, New Zealand, Africa, and South
America. Outside of North America and Europe, we sell our products through independent global distributors into specialty retail stores. We also sell our
products directly to customers through our various websites.

Our end users include a broad range of consumers, including mountain, rock, ice, and gym climbers, winter-outdoor enthusiasts, trail runners, backpackers,
competitive  shooters,  hunters,  and  outdoor-inspired  consumers.  Such  consumers  demand  high-quality,  reliable,  and  high-precision  products  to  enhance
their performance and, in some cases, safety in a multitude of outdoor activities. We expect to leverage our user intimacy, engineering prowess, and design
ability to expand into related technical product categories that target the same demographic group and distribution channels.

Sales and Marketing

Our sales force is generally deployed by geographic region: Canada, Europe, Asia Pacific, Latin America, Australia, and the United States. Our focus is on
providing our products to a broad spectrum of outdoor enthusiasts. Within each of our brands, we strive to create a unique look for our products and to
communicate those differences to the consumer. In addition, we are continuously exploring uses for brand and market research. We also regularly utilize
various promotions and public relations campaigns.

We have consistently established relationships with professional athletes and influencers to help evaluate, promote and establish product performance and
authenticity  with  customers.  Such  brand  endorsers  are  one  of  many  elements  in  our  array  of  marketing  materials,  including  instore  displays,  catalogs,
workbooks, social media, and digital campaigns via our websites.

Manufacturing, Sourcing, Quality Assurance and Distribution

Manufacturing

Our objective is to deliver on-time the highest quality of products in the safest and most cost-efficient manner. Our culture of continuous improvement and
implementation of industry best practices allows us to continue to increase productivity, reduce costs, and bring new innovative products to the market.

The Black Diamond Equipment, PIEPS, and Rhino-Rack manufacturing and distribution operations are ISO 9001–2015 certified and are audited annually
by an independent certifying agency to ensure quality management systems meet the requirements of ISO 9001–2015, and to ensure that certified products
meet all necessary performance certification requirements.

We manufacture nearly all of the Black Diamond Equipment protection devices for climbing in our facilities in the United States. All other products are
manufactured to our specifications in third-party, independently-owned facilities. We keep employees and agents on-site or via regular visits at these third-
party,  independently-owned  facilities  to  ensure  that  our  products  are  manufactured  to  meet  our  specifications.  While  we  do  not  maintain  a  long-term
manufacturing contract with those facilities, we believe that our long-term relationships with them will help to ensure that a sufficient supply of goods built
to our specification are available in a timely manner and on satisfactory economic terms in the future.

Sourcing

We  source  raw  materials,  components,  finished  goods  from  a  variety  of  suppliers.  Our  primary  materials  include  aluminum,  steel,  nylon,  corrugated
cardboard  for  packaging,  metal,  plastic  and  electrical  components,  and  various  textiles,  foams,  and  fabrics. The  raw  materials  and  components  used  to
manufacture our products are generally available from numerous suppliers in quantities sufficient to meet normal requirements.

We source packaging materials both domestically as well as from sources in Asia and Europe. We believe that all of our purchased products and materials
could be readily obtained from alternative sources at comparable costs.

9

Table of Contents

Quality Assurance

Quality assurance at the Company has two primary functions:

● The  first  is  to  ensure  that  the  products  that  we  design  and  develop  are  manufactured  to  meet  or  exceed  the  Company’s  own  standards  and
international regulatory standards. This involves creating inspection documentation, reviewing manufacturing processes with our various vendor-
partners, and inspecting finished product to assure it meets the rigorous standards required by our customers. These activities take place globally,
wherever our products are manufactured.

● The second function is to provide real and meaningful input to the new product development process. Quality assurance professionals interact
closely with the design and engineering teams and bring knowledge and expertise to the design process, ensuring that the products we bring to
market truly meet the criteria established when a new product is envisioned.

The engineering prowess of the quality assurance group is a core competency that the Company seeks to leverage across all product lines and brands.

Global Distribution

Our distribution model allows us to ship a broad cross-section of our product line in smaller quantities to our own global distribution centers and to those
of our Independent Global Distributors (“IGD”) more frequently and at lower transportation and logistics costs.

Competition

Because of the diversity of our product offerings, we compete by niche with a variety of companies. Our products must stand up to the high standards set
by the end users in each category where quality, durability and performance are paramount. We believe our products compete favorably on the basis of
product innovation, product performance, marketing support, and price.

The popularity of various outdoor activities and changing design trends affect the desirability of our products. Therefore, we seek to anticipate and respond
to trends and shifts in consumer preferences by adjusting the mix of available product offerings by developing new products with innovative performance
features and designs, and by marketing our products in a persuasive and memorable fashion to drive consumer awareness and demand. Failure to anticipate
or respond to consumer needs and preferences in a timely and adequate manner could have a material adverse effect on our sales and profitability.

We compete with niche, privately-owned companies as well as a number of brands owned by large, multinational companies, such as those set forth below.

● Outdoor: Our outdoor products and accessories, such as apparel, footwear, trekking poles, headlamps, gloves, backpacks, transceivers, protection,
carabiners,  helmets,  and  harnesses,  compete  with  products  from  companies  such  as  The  North  Face,  Patagonia,  La  Sportiva,  Prana,  Hestra,
Osprey, Arc’Teryx, Petzl, and Mammut.

● Adventure:  Our  highly-engineered  automotive  roof  racks,  trays,  mounting  systems,  luggage  boxes,  carriers,  recovery  tracks  and  accessories

compete with products from companies such as Thule, Dometic, Yakima, and Front Runner.

● Precision Sport: Our former Precision Sport segment sells bullets and ammunition to both retailers and distributors for sale to consumers as well
as supplies bullets to OEMs who also manufacture bullets. Such companies include Vista (Federal Ammunition, CCI, and Remington), Nammo,
Hornady, Fiocchi, and Olin (Winchester).

In  addition,  in  certain  categories  we  compete  with  certain  of  our  large  wholesale  customers  who  focus  on  the  outdoor  market,  such  as  REI,  Mountain
Equipment  Co-op  and  Decathlon,  which  manufacture,  market  and  distribute  their  own  climbing,  mountaineering,  and  skiing  products  under  their  own
private labels.

Intellectual Property

We believe our registered and pending word and icon trademarks worldwide, including the Black Diamond and Diamond “C” logos, Black Diamond®,
ATC ®, Camalot®, AvaLung ®, FlickLock®, Ascension™, Time is Life®, Hexentric®, Stopper®, Dawn Patrol®,

10

Table of Contents

Bibler®, “Use.Design.Build.Engineer.Repeat”®, PIEPS®, Rhino-Rack®, Maxtrax®, and TRED® create international brand recognition for our products.

Solely for convenience, our trademarks and tradenames referred to in this report may appear without the ® and ™ symbols, but those references are not
intended to indicate, in any way, that we will not assert, to the fullest extent under applicable law, our rights, or the right of the applicable licensor to these
trademarks and tradenames.

We believe our brands have an established reputation for innovation, style, quality, design, safety, and durability, and accordingly, we actively monitor and
police our brands against infringement to ensure their viability and enforceability.

Our success with our proprietary products is generally derived from our “first mover” advantage in the market as well as our commitment to protecting our
current and future proprietary technologies and products, which acts as a deterrent to infringement of our intellectual property rights. While we believe our
patent  and  trademark  protection  policies  are  robust  and  effective,  if  we  fail  to  adequately  protect  our  intellectual  property  rights,  competitors  may
manufacture and market products similar to ours. Our principal intellectual property rights include our patents and trademarks but also include products
containing proprietary trade secrets and manufacturing know-how.

We  cannot  be  sure  that  we  will  receive  patents  for  any  of  our  patent  applications  or  that  any  existing  or  future  patents  that  we  receive  or  license  will
provide competitive advantages for our products. While we actively monitor our competitors to ensure that we do not compromise the intellectual property
of  others,  we  cannot  be  sure  that  competitors  will  not  challenge,  invalidate  or  void  the  application  of  any  existing  or  future  patents  that  we  receive  or
license. In addition, patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or selling products that are in similar product niches as ours.

Seasonality

While  the  Company’s  products  are  outdoor  activity-based,  there  are  no  significant  seasonal  variations  in  sales  and  profitability.  In  2023,  approximately
45% of our sales from continuing operations were in the first half of the year while approximately 55% of our sales from continuing operations occurred in
the second half of the year.

Working capital requirements vary throughout the year. Working capital generally increases to support peak manufacturing and shipping periods and then
decreases as accounts receivable are collected. However, throughout 2023, the Company leveraged our balance sheet to secure additional inventory across
all of our brands to ensure the right inventory was available to meet customer demand.

Environmental Matters

Our  operations  are  subject  to  federal,  state,  and  local  environmental,  health  and  safety  laws  and  regulations,  including  those  that  impose  workplace
standards and regulate the discharge of pollutants into the environment and establish standards for the handling, generation, emission, release, discharge,
treatment, storage, and disposal of materials and substances including solid and hazardous wastes. We believe that we are in material compliance with such
laws  and  regulations.  Further,  the  cost  of  maintaining  compliance  has  not,  and  we  believe  in  the  future,  will  not  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, consolidated results of operations, and consolidated financial condition. Due to the nature of our operations and the frequently changing nature of
environmental compliance standards and technology, we cannot predict with any certainty that future material capital or operating expenditures will not be
required in order to comply with applicable environmental laws and regulations.

Regulatory Matters

Our  SKINourishment  business  is  subject  to  substantial  government  regulation. This  government  regulation  includes  regulation  in  the  United  States  and
other countries regarding the research, development, formulation, manufacture and marketing of our SKINourishment skincare products.

11

Table of Contents

Human Capital

As  of  December  31,  2023,  our  continuing  operations  had  a  total  of  over  500  employees  worldwide.  Of  these  employees,  80  were  engaged  in
manufacturing,  250  in  sales,  marketing,  product  management  and  customer  support,  60  in  administrative  functions  (IT,  Finance,  HR,  Legal  and
Compliance, etc.), 100 in R&D, engineering technology, manufacturing engineering and project management, 40 retail store associates and 20 in various
executive  and  corporate  functions.  None  of  our  employees  are  represented  by  a  union  in  collective  bargaining  with  us.  We  believe  that  our  employee
relations  are  good.  Our  human  capital  objectives  center  around  identifying,  recruiting,  retaining,  incentivizing  and  integrating  our  existing  and  new
employees. We maintain and grow our team utilizing practices that help us identify, hire, incentivize and retain our existing employees and integrate new
employees into our Company.

Impact of COVID-19

The global outbreak of COVID-19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by each of the U.S., European,
and Australian governments in March 2020, with governments world-wide implementing safety measures restricting travel and requiring citizen lockdowns
and  self-confinements  for  quarantining  purposes.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2021,  and  2022,  this  had  negatively  affected  the  U.S.,
European,  Australian  and  global  economies,  disrupted  global  supply  chains,  and  resulted  in  significant  transport  restrictions  and  disruption  of  global
financial markets.

An outbreak of disease or similar public health threat, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could have, and in the case of the COVID-19 pandemic has had
and  may  continue  to  have,  a  significant  impact  on  the  global  supply  chain,  with  restrictions  and  limitations  on  related  activities  causing  disruption  and
delay, along with increased raw material, storage, and shipping costs. Any of these disruptions and delays may strain domestic and international supply
chains, which could negatively affect the flow or availability of certain critical raw materials and finished good products that the Company relies upon.
Furthermore, the foregoing impacts may significantly increase demand from online sales channels, including our website, and could impact our logistical
operations, including our fulfillment and shipping functions, which may result in periodic delays in the delivery of our products.

We  expect  that  an  outbreak  of  disease  or  similar  public  health  threat,  such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic,  could  have,  and  in  the  case  of  the  COVID-19
pandemic may continue to have, an impact on the Company’s sales and profitability in future periods. The duration of these trends and the magnitude of
such impacts cannot be precisely estimated at this time, as they are affected by a number of factors (some of which are outside management’s control),
including those presented in Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Available Information

Our  Internet  address  is  www.claruscorp.com. We  make  available  free  of  charge  on  or  through  our  website  our  annual  reports  on  Form  10-K,  quarterly
reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to those reports, and the proxy statement for our annual meeting of stockholders as
soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with, or furnish it to, the Securities and Exchange Commission. Forms 3, 4 and 5
filed with respect to our equity securities under Section 16(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are also available on our website. All of
the foregoing materials are located at the ‘‘SEC Filings’’ tab under the section titled “Investor Relations.” The information found on our website shall not
be deemed incorporated by reference by any general statement incorporating by reference this report into any filing under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended, or under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and shall not otherwise be deemed filed under such Acts.

The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  also  maintains  a  website  that  contains  reports,  proxy  and  information  statements,  and  other  information
regarding issuers that file electronically with the Securities and Exchange Commission at www.sec.gov. In addition, you may request a copy of any such
materials, without charge, by submitting a written request to: Clarus Corporation, c/o the Secretary, 2084 East 3900 South, Salt Lake City, UT 84124. The
contents of the websites identified above are not incorporated into this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

12

Table of Contents

ITEM 1A. RISK FACTORS

In addition to other information contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, the following risk factors should be carefully considered in evaluating our
business, because such factors may have a significant impact on our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition. As a result of the risk
factors set forth below, actual results could differ materially from those mentioned in any forward-looking statements. Additional risks and uncertainties
not presently known to us, or that we currently consider to be immaterial, may also impact our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition.
If any of the following risks occur, our business, operating results, liquidity and financial condition, and the price of our common stock, could be materially
adversely affected.

Risk Factor Summary

● We are subject to risks related to our dependence on the strength of retail economies.
● Certain  products  we  sell  are  inherently  risky  and  have  given  rise  to  product  liability,  product  warranty  claims,  and  other  loss  contingencies,

including, without limitation, recalls and liability claims relating to our avalanche beacon transceivers.

● A  Consumer  Products  Safety  Commission’s  (the  “CPSC”)  investigation  under  the  Consumer  Product  Safety  Act  in  connection  with  certain
models of our avalanche transceivers has resulted in the CPSC’s staff to recommend that the CPSC impose substantial civil monetary penalties on
us.

● Our products, including, without limitation, certain models of our avalanche transceivers, have been subject to adverse publicity.
● Our markets are highly competitive and are subject to dramatic changes in consumer preferences.
● Our operations, including but not limited to integrating acquisitions and our purchase of raw materials, are sensitive to changes in global cultural,

political, and financial market conditions as well as potential changes in regulations, legislation and government policies.

● Technological advances, the introduction of new products, and new design and manufacturing techniques could adversely affect our operations

unless we are able to adapt to the resulting change in conditions.

● We may require additional capital and funding to meet our financial obligations as well as to support our business operations and growth strategy,

and this additional capital and funding may not be available on acceptable terms or at all.

● We may be unsuccessful in our future acquisition endeavors, if any, which may have an adverse effect on our business; in addition, some of the

businesses we acquire may incur significant losses from operations.

● We have been required to recognize significant impairment charges and may be required to take future write downs or write-offs, restructuring,

and impairment or other charges.

● Our  business  and  growth  may  suffer  if  we  are  unable  to  attract  and  retain  key  officers  or  employees,  including  our  Chief  Executive  Officer,

Warren Kanders, as well as any loss of officers or employees due to illness or other events outside of our control.

● The  members  of  our  Board  of  Directors  and  our  executive  officers  beneficially  own  in  excess  of  20.2%  of  our  common  stock. As  such,  the

concentration of our capital stock ownership with insiders will likely limit your ability to influence corporate matters.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Many of the products we sell are used for inherently risky outdoor pursuits and have given rise to product liability or product warranty claims
and other loss contingencies including, without limitation, recalls and liability claims relating to our avalanche beacon transceivers, which could
affect our earnings and financial condition.

Many of our products are used in applications and situations that involve high levels of risk of personal injury and death. As a result, we maintain a staff
who  focus  on  including  appropriate  disclaimers  and  markings,  and  undertaking  testing  and  otherwise  seeking  to  assure  the  quality  and  safety  of  our
products.  We  stay  current  with  laws  to  seek  to  provide  thorough  and  protective  disclaimers  and  instructions  on  all  of  our  products  and  packaging.
Furthermore, our technical climbing and avalanche safety equipment and our related operations meet and are certified to International Personal Protective
Equipment (PP) standards set by the EEC or ISO 9001 quality system standards. Failure to use our products for their intended purposes, failure to use or
care for them properly, or their malfunction, or, in some limited circumstances, even correct use of our products, have resulted in serious bodily injury or
death.

13

Table of Contents

We remain exposed to product liability claims by the nature of the products we produce, including, without limitation, recalls and liability claims relating
to our avalanche beacon transceivers. Exposure occurs if one of our products is alleged to have resulted in property damage, bodily injury or other adverse
effects. Any such product liability claims have included allegations of defects in manufacturing and/or design, failure to warn of dangers inherent in the
product or activities associated with the product, negligence, strict liability, and/or breach of warranties. Although we maintain product liability insurance
in amounts that we believe are reasonable, there can be no assurance that we will be able to maintain such insurance on acceptable terms, if at all, in the
future or that product liability claims will not exceed the amount of insurance coverage.

As  a  manufacturer  and  distributor  of  consumer  products,  we  are  subject  to  government  regulation  in  the  United  States  and  other  countries,  including,
without  limitation,  the  Consumer  Products  Safety Act,  which  empowers  the  CPSC  to  exclude  from  the  market  products  that  are  found  to  be  unsafe  or
hazardous.  Under  certain  circumstances,  the  CPSC  could  require  us  to  repurchase  or  recall  one  or  more  of  our  products  and/or  subject  us  to  financial
penalties. For example, as disclosed in Item 3. “Legal Proceedings,” Black Diamond Equipment, Ltd. (“BDEL”) was notified by the CPSC that the agency
staff believes we failed to timely meet our statutory reporting obligations under the Consumer Product Safety Act with respect to certain models of BDEL’s
avalanche  transceivers  either  switching  unexpectedly  out  of  “send”  mode  and/or  out  of  “search”  mode,  that  we  made    material  misrepresentations  in
reports  to  the  CPSC,  and  that  the  agency  staff  has  recommended  that  the  CPSC  impose  substantial  civil  monetary  penalties  on  us. Additionally,  laws
regulating certain consumer products exist in some cities and states, as well as in other countries in which we sell our products, and more restrictive laws
and regulations may be adopted in the future. Any such recalls or repurchases of our products and/or imposition of financial penalties on us could be costly
to us and could damage our business and reputation as well as have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, stock price, consolidated financial
position, results of operations and/or cash flows. If we are required to remove, or if we voluntarily remove, our products from the market, our reputation
could be tarnished and we might have large quantities of finished products that we are unable to sell.

We spend substantial resources ensuring compliance with governmental and other applicable standards. However, compliance with these standards does
not necessarily prevent individual or class action lawsuits, which can entail significant cost and risk. We do not maintain insurance against many types of
claims involving alleged defects in our products that do not involve personal injury or property damage. As a result, these types of claims could have a
material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our product liability insurance program is an occurrence-based program based on our current and historical claims experience and the availability and cost
of  insurance.  We  carry  both  general  and  umbrella  liability  policies  that  insure  us  for  product  liability  claims.  The  policy  has  a  small  retention,  which
enables us to manage and control our product liability claims. Historically, product liability awards have not exceeded our individual per occurrence self-
insured retention. We cannot assure you, however, that our future product liability experience will be consistent with our past experience. Additionally, we
do  not  maintain  product  recall  insurance. We  maintain  a  warranty  reserve  for  estimated  future  warranty  claims,  but  the  actual  costs  of  servicing  future
warranty claims may exceed the reserve. As a result, product recalls or product liability claims, including, without limitation, recalls and liability claims
and/or financial penalties, including, without limitation, the imposition by the CPSC of substantial civil monetary penalties on us relating to our avalanche
beacon  transceivers,  could  be  costly  to  us  and  could  damage  our  business  and  reputation  as  well  as  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s
liquidity, stock price, consolidated financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

Adverse  publicity  about  the  Company  and/or  its  brands  and  products,  including  with  respect  to  certain  models  of  our  avalanche  transceivers
through social media or connection with other media or brand damaging events and/or public perception could negatively impact our business
and reputation.

Our  brands  have  wide  recognition,  and  our  success  has  been  due  in  large  part  to  our  ability  to  maintain,  enhance  and  protect  our  brand  image  and
reputation and our consumers’ and customers’ connection to our brands. Our continued success depends in part on our ability to adapt to a rapidly changing
media  environment,  including  our  increasing  reliance  on  social  media  and  online  dissemination  of  advertising  campaigns.  In  addition,  consumer  and
customer sentiment could be shaped by our sustainability policies and related design, sourcing and operational decisions.

Negative  claims  or  publicity  involving  us,  our  board  of  directors,  our  brands,  our  products,  including,  without  limitation,  recalls  and  liability  claims
relating  to  our  avalanche  beacon  transceivers,  services  and  experiences,  consumer  data,  or  any  of  our  key  employees,  endorsers,  or  suppliers  could
seriously damage our reputation and the image of our brands, regardless of whether such claims are accurate.

14

Table of Contents

Furthermore,  social  media,  which  accelerates  and  potentially  amplifies  the  scope  of  negative  publicity,  can  increase  the  challenges  of  responding  to
negative claims. Adverse publicity could also damage our reputation and the image of our brands, undermine consumer confidence in us and reduce long-
term demand for our products, even if such adverse publicity is unfounded or not material to our operations. If the reputation, culture or image of any of
our  brands  and  products,  including,  without  limitation,  recalls  and  liability  claims  relating  to  our  avalanche  beacon  transceivers,  is  tarnished  or  if  we
receive negative publicity, then our sales, financial condition and results of operations could be materially and adversely affected.

From time to time, we have been and may be subject to legal proceedings, regulatory investigations or disputes, and governmental inquiries that
could cause us to incur significant expenses, divert our management’s attention, damage our business and reputation as well as have a material
adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, stock price, consolidated financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

From time to time, we have been and may be subject to claims, lawsuits, government investigations, and other proceedings involving products liability,
competition  and  antitrust,  intellectual  property,  privacy,  consumer  protection,  securities,  tax,  labor  and  employment,  commercial  disputes,  and  other
matters  that  could  adversely  affect  our  business  operations  and  financial  condition.    Injuries  sustained  by  those  who  use  or  purchase  our  products,
including,  without  limitation,  our  avalanche  beacon  transceivers,  have,  and  could  in  the  future,  subject  us  to  regulatory  proceedings  and  litigation  by
government agencies and private litigants brought against us, that regardless of their merits, could harm our reputation, divert management’s attention from
our operations and result in substantial legal fees and other costs. For example, as disclosed in Item 3. “Legal Proceedings,” BDEL was notified by the
CPSC that the agency staff believes we failed to timely meet our statutory reporting obligations under the Consumer Product Safety Act with respect to
certain models of BDEL’s avalanche transceivers either switching unexpectedly out of “send” mode and/or out of “search” mode, that we made  material
misrepresentations in reports to the CPSC, and that the agency staff intends to recommend that the CPSC impose substantial civil monetary penalties on us.
Any financial penalties imposed by the CPSC or other regulators could be costly to us and could damage our business and reputation as well as have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  liquidity,  stock  price,  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and/or  cash  flows. Also,  we  have
reporting obligations to safety regulators in all jurisdictions where we sell our products, where reporting may trigger further regulatory investigations.

We are subject to risks related to our dependence on the strength of retail economies in various parts of the world, and our performance may be
affected by general economic conditions.

Our business depends on the strength of the retail economies in various parts of the world, primarily in North America, Europe, Australia and to a lesser
extent, Asia, Central and South America. These retail economies are affected primarily by factors such as consumer demand and the condition of the retail
industry, which, in turn, are affected by general economic conditions and specific events such as natural disasters, terrorist attacks, and political unrest. The
impact  of  these  external  factors  is  difficult  to  predict,  and  one  or  more  of  the  factors  could  adversely  impact  our  business,  results  of  operations,  and
financial condition.

Purchases of many consumer products are discretionary and tend to be highly correlated with the cycles of the levels of disposable income of consumers.
As a result, any substantial deterioration in general economic conditions could adversely affect consumer discretionary spending patterns, our sales, and
our results of operations. In particular, decreased consumer confidence or a reduction in discretionary income as a result of unfavorable macroeconomic
conditions  may  negatively  affect  our  business.  If  the  macroeconomic  environment  worsens,  consumers  may  reduce  or  delay  their  purchases  of  our
products. Any such reduction in purchases could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

15

Table of Contents

Moreover,  declining  economic  conditions  create  the  potential  for  future  impairments  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  and  long-lived  assets  that  may
negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. Various uncertainties tied to economic conditions, including significant adverse changes
in business climate, adverse actions by regulators, unanticipated competition, loss of key customers, a downturn in the economy or in discretionary income
levels  or  changes  in  consumer  preferences  could  impact  the  expected  cash  flows  to  be  generated  by  an  asset  or  group  of  assets,  and  may  result  in  an
impairment of those assets. The impact of weak consumer credit markets, corporate restructurings, layoffs, prolonged high unemployment rates, declines in
the  value  of  investments  and  residential  real  estate,  higher  fuel  prices  and  increases  in  federal  and  state  taxation  all  can  negatively  affect  our  operating
results.

Additionally, the products sold by our Adventure segment are vulnerable to fluctuations in automotive sales and trends, shifts in consumer preferences, the
availability of automobiles and/or disruptions in the automotive industry’s supply chains.

As noted above, because a substantial majority of our net revenue is generated through discretionary spending by consumers for our outdoor recreation
products,  a  downturn  in  the  economy  resulting  from  prolonged  supply  chain  disruptions  or  labor  shortages,  a  significant  increase  in  inflation  rates
(including in connection with rising interest rates through government action to fight inflationary trends), or a reduction in consumer confidence in the U.S.
economy  may  have  a  material  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  results  of  operations,  as  consumers  generally  reduce  their
discretionary spending during such periods. Inflation rates have increased and may continue to rise or stay elevated for some time, all of which negatively
impact consumer confidence and discretionary spending patterns. Additionally, inflationary trends and uncertainties in the economic climate in the United
States  and  elsewhere  could  have  a  similar  negative  impact  on  the  rate  and  amounts  of  purchases  by  our  current  and  potential  customers,  create  price
inflation for our products, or otherwise have a negative impact on our expenses, gross margins and revenues, all of which could hinder our growth.

The occurrence of severe weather events, catastrophic health events, natural or man-made disasters, social and political conditions or civil unrest
could significantly damage or destroy demand for our products, as well as key supply chain and fulfillment arrangements.

Unforeseen  events,  including  public  health  emergencies,  such  as  pandemics,  natural  disasters,  such  as  earthquakes,  hurricanes,  tornadoes,  snow  or  ice
storms, floods and heavy rains, and man-made disasters, such as an oil spill closing large areas of hunting or fishing, could disrupt our operations or the
operations  of  our  suppliers,  as  well  as  the  behavior  of  our  consumers.  In  addition,  extreme  weather  conditions  could  result  in  disruption  or  delay  of
production and delivery of materials and products in our supply chain and cause staffing shortages among our suppliers and other vendors on whom we
rely.  Global  climate  change  may  result  in  significant  natural  disasters  occurring  more  frequently  or  with  greater  intensity,  such  as  drought,  wildfires,
storms,  sea-level  rise,  and  flooding.  Socio-political  factors,  such  as  wars,  civil  unrest  or  other  economic  or  political  uncertainties  that  contribute  to
consumer  unease  or  harm  to  our  supply  chain  or  customer  base,  may  also  result  in  decreased  discretionary  spending,  property  damage  and/or  business
interruption losses. To the extent these events result in the closure of one or more distribution centers that we rely on, a significant number of stores where
our goods are sold, or our corporate headquarters or impact one or more of our key suppliers, our operations and financial performance could be materially
adversely affected through an inability to support our business and fulfill demand that results in lost sales, and any precautions that we may take may not
be  adequate  to  mitigate  the  impact  of  such  events.  As  these  events  occur  in  the  future,  if  they  should  impact  areas  in  which  we  have  our  corporate
headquarters, a distribution center or a concentration of vendors or the stores where our products are sold, such events could have a material adverse effect
on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Changes in the retail industry and markets for consumer products affecting our customers or retailing practices could negatively impact existing
customer relationships and our results of operations.

We sell our products to retailers, including sporting goods and specialty retailers, as well as direct to consumers. A significant deterioration in the financial
condition of our major customers, including, without limitation, Recreational Equipment, Inc. (REI), would have a material adverse effect on our sales and
profitability. We regularly monitor and evaluate the credit status of our customers and attempt to adjust sales terms as appropriate. Despite these efforts, a
bankruptcy filing by a key customer could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

In addition, as a result of the desire of retailers to more closely manage inventory levels, there is a growing trend among retailers to make purchases on a
“just-in-time” basis. This requires us to shorten our lead time for production in certain cases and more closely anticipate demand, which could in the future
require us to carry additional inventories.

16

Table of Contents

We may be negatively affected by changes in the policies of our retailer customers, such as inventory destocking, limitations on access to and time on shelf
space, use of private label brands, price demands, payment terms, and other conditions, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

There is a growing trend among retailers in the U.S. and in foreign markets to undergo changes such as consolidations, restructurings or store closings or
reorganizations, that could decrease the number of stores that carry our products or increase the concentration of ownership within the retail industry. These
changes within the retail industry could result in a shift of bargaining power to the retail industry and in fewer outlets for our products which could result in
price and other competition that could reduce our margins and our net sales.

Additionally, shifts in consumer purchasing patterns, including the growth of e-commerce and large one-stop digital marketplaces, e-commerce off-price
retailing and online comparison shopping in our key markets may have an adverse effect on our direct-to-consumer operations and the financial health of
certain of our wholesale customers, some of whom may reduce their brick and mortar store fleet, file for protection under bankruptcy laws, restructure, or
cease operations. These related business impacts have already occurred at certain of our wholesale customers. We face increased risk of order reduction and
cancellation when dealing with financially ailing wholesale customers. We also extend credit to our wholesale customers based on an assessment of the
wholesale customer’s financial condition, generally without requiring collateral. We may choose (and have chosen in the past) to limit our credit risk by
reducing  our  level  of  business  with  wholesale  customers  experiencing  financial  difficulties  and  may  not  be  able  to  replace  those  revenues  with  other
customers or through our direct-to-consumer businesses within a reasonable period or at all.

Seasonality and weather conditions may cause our operating results to vary from quarter to quarter.

Sales of certain of our products in our Outdoor segment are seasonal. Sales of our outdoor recreation products such as carabineers, harnesses, and related
climbing  equipment  products  increase  during  warm  weather  months  and  decrease  during  winter,  while  sales  of  our  apparel  line  and  winter  sports
equipment such as our skis and related ski equipment increase during the cold weather months and decrease during summer. Weather conditions may also
negatively  impact  sales  (including  events  that  may  be  caused  or  exacerbated  by  climate  change).  For  instance,  milder  temperatures  could  prevent  the
formation of ice, which may negatively affect demand for our ice climbing products, and mild winter weather with less snowfall may negatively impact
sales of our winter sports products. These factors could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our results of operations could be materially harmed if we are unable to accurately forecast demand for our products.

In each of our geographic markets, we face significant competition with respect to our products. Retailers who are our wholesale customers often pose a
significant competitive threat by designing, marketing and distributing products under their own private labels that compete with ours. We also experience
direct competition in our direct-to-consumer business from retailers that are our wholesale customers. This is true in particular in the digital marketplace,
where  increased  consumer  expectations  and  competitive  pressure  related  to  various  aspects  of  our  e-commerce  business,  including  speed  of  product
delivery, shipping charges, return privileges, and other evolving expectations are key factors.

Additionally, we often schedule internal production and place orders for products with independent manufacturers before our customers’ orders are firm.
Therefore,  if  we  fail  to  accurately  forecast  customer  demand,  we  may  experience  excess  inventory  levels  or  a  shortage  of  product  to  deliver  to  our
customers.

Inventory levels in excess of customer demand may result in inventory write-downs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which could
have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition. On the other hand, if we underestimate demand for our products, our
manufacturing facilities or third-party manufacturers may not be able to produce products to meet customer requirements, and this could result in delays in
the shipment of products and lost revenues, as well as damage to our reputation and customer relationships. There can be no assurance that we will be able
to successfully manage inventory levels to meet future order and reorder requirements.

17

Table of Contents

Competition in our industries may hinder our ability to execute our business strategy, achieve profitability, or maintain relationships with existing
customers.

We  operate  in  a  highly  competitive  industry.  In  this  industry,  we  compete  against  numerous  other  domestic  and  foreign  companies.  Competition  in  the
markets in which we operate is based primarily on product quality, product innovation, price, and customer service and support, although the degree and
nature  of  such  competition  vary  by  location  and  product  line.  Some  of  our  competitors  are  more  established  in  their  industries  and  have  substantially
greater revenue or resources than we do. Our competitors may take actions to match new product introductions and other initiatives. Since many of our
competitors also source their products from third parties, our ability to obtain a cost advantage through sourcing is reduced. Certain of our competitors may
be willing to reduce prices and accept lower profit margins to compete with us. Further, retailers often demand that suppliers reduce their prices on existing
products. Competition could cause price reductions, reduced profits or losses or loss of market share, any of which could have a material adverse effect on
our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

To compete effectively in the future in the consumer products industry, among other things, we must: maintain strict quality standards; develop new and
innovative  products  that  appeal  to  consumers;  deliver  products  on  a  reliable  basis  at  competitive  prices;  anticipate  and  respond  to  changing  consumer
trends in a timely manner; maintain favorable brand recognition; and provide effective marketing support.

Our inability to do any of these things could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may manufacture and market products similar to ours, which could
adversely affect our market share and results of operations.

The  success  of  our  proprietary  products  depends,  in  part,  on  our  ability  to  protect  our  current  and  future  technologies  and  products  and  to  defend  our
intellectual property rights. If we fail to adequately protect our intellectual property rights, competitors may manufacture and market products similar to
ours. Our principal intellectual property rights include our trademarks, patents, and trade secrets.

We hold numerous patents for the invention of new or improved technologies, which are known as utility patents, and pending patent applications covering
a wide variety of products. We cannot be sure that we will receive patents for any of our patent applications or that any existing or future patents that we
receive or license will provide competitive advantages for our products. We also cannot be sure that competitors will not challenge, invalidate or avoid the
application of any existing or future patents that we receive or license. In addition, patent rights may not prevent our competitors from developing, using or
selling products that are similar or functionally equivalent to our products.

Third parties may have patents, or may be awarded new patents, that may materially adversely affect our ability to market, distribute and sell our products.
Accordingly, our products, including, but not limited to, our technical climbing and backpack products, may become subject to patent infringement claims
or litigation, any adverse determination of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our success depends on third-party logistics providers and our and third-party distribution facilities.

The majority of our products are manufactured outside of our principal sales markets, which requires these products to be consolidated and transported,
sometimes over large geographical distances. A small number of third-party logistics providers currently consolidate, deconsolidate and/or transload almost
all of our products. Any disruption in the operations of these providers or changes to the costs they charge, due to capacity constraints, volatile fuel prices
or  otherwise,  could  materially  impact  our  sales  and  profitability. A  prolonged  disruption  in  the  operations  of  these  providers,  by  any  means,  could  also
require us to seek alternative distribution arrangements, which may not be available on attractive terms and could lead to delays in distribution of products,
either of which could have a significant and material adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, the ability to move products over larger geographical distances could be (as is currently the case) constrained by ocean, air and trucking cargo
capacity, or disrupted by limitations at ports or borders. These constraints and disruptions could hinder our ability to satisfy demand through our wholesale
and direct-to-consumer businesses, and we may miss delivery deadlines, which may cause our customers to cancel their orders, refuse to accept deliveries
or demand a reduction in purchase price. In addition, increases in distribution costs, including but not limited to trucking, air and freight costs, could (as is
currently the case) adversely affect our costs, which we may not be able to offset through price increases or decreased promotions.

18

Table of Contents

We receive our products from third-party logistics providers at our owned and leased distribution centers in the United States, Australia, Austria, and New
Zealand. The fixed costs associated with owning, operating and maintaining such distribution centers during a period of economic weakness or declining
sales can result in lower operating efficiencies, financial deleverage and potential impairment in the recorded value of distribution assets.

We also receive and distribute our products through third-party operated distribution facilities internationally and domestically. We depend on these third-
parties  to  manage  the  operation  of  their  distribution  facilities  as  necessary  to  meet  our  business  needs.  If  the  third-parties  fail  to  manage  these
responsibilities, our international and domestic distribution operations could face significant disruptions.

Our ability to meet consumer expectations, manage inventory, complete sales, and achieve our objectives for operating efficiencies depends on the proper
operation of our existing distribution facilities, as well as the facilities of third-parties, the development or expansion of additional distribution capabilities
and services, and the timely performance of services by third-parties, including those involved in moving products to and from our distribution facilities
and facilities operated by third-parties.

Our  operations  in  international  markets,  and  earnings  in  those  markets,  may  be  affected  by  changes  in  global  cultural,  political,  and  financial
market conditions as well as potential changes in regulations, legislation and government policies.

Approximately 61% of our sales for the year ended December 31, 2023 were earned in international markets. As such our ability to maintain the current
level of operations in our existing international markets and to capitalize on growth in existing and new international markets is subject to risks associated
with international operations.

Our products are subject to increasingly stringent and complex domestic and foreign product labeling and performance and safety standards, laws and other
regulations.  These  requirements  could  result  in  greater  expense  associated  with  compliance  efforts,  and  failure  to  comply  with  these  regulations  could
result in a delay, non-delivery, recall, or destruction of inventory shipments during key seasons or in other financial penalties. Significant or continuing
noncompliance with these standards and laws could disrupt our business and harm our reputation.

These include the burdens of complying with a variety of foreign laws and regulations, unexpected changes in regulatory requirements, new tariffs or other
barriers to some international markets. For example, any future withdrawal or renegotiation of trade agreements, and the prosecution of trade disputes or
the imposition of tariffs, duties, taxes and other charges on imports or exports between the United States and countries like China may adversely affect our
ability  to  operate  our  business  and  execute  our  growth  strategy.  In  addition,  it  may  be  more  difficult  for  us  to  enforce  agreements,  collect  receivables,
receive dividends and repatriate earnings through foreign legal systems.

We  cannot  predict  whether  quotas,  duties,  taxes,  exchange  controls,  current  or  future  “trade  wars”  or  other  restrictions  will  be  imposed  by  the  United
States, Australia,  China,  or  other  countries  upon  the  import  or  export  of  our  products  and  the  commodities  and  components  used  to  manufacture  our
products,  or  what  effect  any  of  these  actions  would  have  on  our  business,  financial  condition  or  results  of  operations. We  cannot  predict  whether  there
might be changes in our ability to repatriate earnings or capital from international jurisdictions. Changes in regulatory and geopolitical policies and other
factors may adversely affect our business or may require us to modify our current business practices.

Some of our operations are conducted or products are sold in countries where economic growth has slowed, or where economies have suffered economic,
social and/or political instability or hyperinflation. Moreover, declining economic conditions create the potential for future impairments of goodwill and
other intangible and long-lived assets that may negatively impact our financial condition and results of operations. In addition, global economic uncertainty
relating  to  the  effects  of  fiscal  and  political  crises  and  political  and  economic  disputes,  changes  in  consumer  spending,  foreign  currency  exchange  rate
fluctuations, political unrest, natural disasters or other crises, terrorist acts, acts of war and/or military operations, could have a material adverse effect on
our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows.

If we cannot continue to develop new products in a timely manner, and at favorable margins, we may not be able to compete effectively.

We believe that our future success will depend, in part, upon our ability to continue to introduce innovative design extensions for our existing products and
to develop, manufacture, and market new products. We cannot assure you that we will be successful in the

19

Table of Contents

introduction, manufacturing, and marketing of any new products or product innovations, or develop and introduce, in a timely manner, innovations to our
existing products that satisfy customer needs or achieve market acceptance. Our failure to develop new products and introduce them successfully and in a
timely  manner,  and  at  favorable  margins,  would  harm  our  ability  to  successfully  grow  our  business  and  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our operating results can be adversely affected by changes in the cost or availability of raw materials.

Pricing and availability of raw materials for use in our businesses can be volatile due to numerous factors beyond our control, including general, domestic,
and  international  economic  conditions,  labor  costs,  production  levels,  competition,  consumer  demand,  import  duties,  and  tariffs  and  currency  exchange
rates.  This  volatility  can  significantly  affect  the  availability  and  cost  of  raw  materials  for  us,  and  may  therefore  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our
business, results of operations, and financial condition.

During  periods  of  rising  prices  of  raw  materials,  there  can  be  no  assurance  that  we  will  be  able  to  pass  any  portion  of  such  increases  on  to  customers.
Conversely,  when  raw  material  prices  decline,  customer  demands  for  lower  prices  could  result  in  lower  sale  prices  and,  to  the  extent  we  have  existing
inventory, lower margins. We currently do not hedge against our exposure to changing raw material prices. As a result, fluctuations in raw material prices
could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Supply shortages or changes in availability for any particular type of raw material can delay production or cause increases in the cost of manufacturing our
products. We may be negatively affected by changes in availability and pricing of raw materials, which could negatively impact our results of operations.

We may not realize returns on our fixed cost investments in our direct-to-consumer business operations.

One of our strategic priorities is to expand and improve our global direct-to-consumer business operations. Accordingly, we continue to make investments
in our digital capabilities and our direct-to-consumer operations. Since many of the costs of our direct-to-consumer operations are fixed, we may be unable
to reduce expenses in order to avoid losses or negative cash flows if we have insufficient sales, including as a result of restrictions on operations. We may
not be able to exit direct-to-consumer brick and mortar locations and related leases at all or without significant cost or loss, renegotiate the terms thereof, or
effectively manage the profitability of our existing brick and mortar stores. In addition, obtaining real estate and effectively renewing real estate leases for
our  direct-to-consumer  brick  and  mortar  operations  is  subject  to  the  real  estate  market  and  we  may  not  be  able  to  secure  adequate  new  locations  or
successfully renew leases for existing locations.

Changes in effective tax rates could adversely affect our results.

As a global company, we determine our income tax liability in various tax jurisdictions and our effective tax rate based on an analysis and interpretation of
local tax laws and regulations and our financial projections. This analysis requires a significant amount of judgment and estimation and is often based on
various  assumptions  about  the  future,  which,  in  times  of  economic  disruptions,  are  highly  uncertain.  These  determinations  are  the  subject  of  periodic
domestic  and  foreign  tax  audits.  Although  we  accrue  for  uncertain  tax  positions,  our  accruals  may  be  insufficient  to  satisfy  unfavorable  findings.
Unfavorable audit findings and tax rulings may result in payment of taxes, fines and penalties for prior periods and higher tax rates in future periods.

On  December  22,  2017,  the  United  States  government  enacted  comprehensive  tax  legislation,  commonly  referred  to  as  the Tax  Cuts  and  Jobs Act  (the
“TCJA”).  The  TCJA  made  broad  and  complex  changes  to  the  United  States  tax  code.  In  addition,  on  March  27,  2020,  the  United  States  government
enacted the U.S. Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”). A change in interpretation of the applicable revisions to the
United States tax code and related tax accounting guidance, changes in assumptions made in developing these estimates, and regulatory guidance that may
be issued with respect to the applicable revisions to the United States tax code, and state tax implications as a result of the TCJA, the CARES Act, and
other recent legislation may cause actual amounts to differ from our provisional estimates. In addition, proposals to reform U.S. and foreign tax laws could
significantly impact how U.S. multinational corporations are taxed on foreign earnings and could increase the U.S. corporate tax rate. Although we cannot
predict whether or in what form these proposals will pass, several of the proposals considered, if enacted into law, could have an adverse impact on our
effective tax rate, income tax expense and cash flows.

20

Table of Contents

Other changes in the tax laws of the jurisdictions where we do business, including an increase in tax rates or an adverse change in the treatment of an item
of income or expense, could result in a material increase in our tax expense. For example, changes in the tax laws of foreign jurisdictions could arise as a
result of the Base Erosion and Profit Shifting project undertaken by the Organization for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”). The OECD,
which represents a coalition of member countries, has recommended changes to numerous long-standing tax principles. In addition, recent efforts to reform
how digital profits are taxed globally could have significant compliance and cost implications. As these changes are adopted by countries, tax uncertainty
could increase and may adversely affect our provision for income taxes.

The  conflict  between  Russia  and  Ukraine  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  operations,  results  of  operations,  financial  condition,
liquidity and business outlook.

There is continued, sustained military conflict between Russia and Ukraine and continued disruption in the region is likely. As a result, new and stricter
sanctions  have  been  imposed  by  the  U.S.,  Canada,  the  United  Kingdom,  the  European  Union,  and  other  countries  and  organizations  against  officials,
individuals,  regions,  and  industries  in  Russia.  Russia’s  potential  response  to  such  sanctions,  as  well  as  prolonged  unrest,  intensified  military  activities
and/or the implementation of more extensive sanctions impacting the region could have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations,
financial condition, liquidity and business outlook. Additionally, due to contractions in the supply of certain fuels from Russia arising out of the conflict in
Ukraine and related sanctions, it is possible that certain of our consumers in Europe may not participate in outdoor activities during winter in patterns that
are predictable or to the scale we have experienced in the past, which could in turn have a material adverse effect on our operations, results of operations,
financial condition, liquidity and business outlook.

Our business, financial condition and results of operations and cash flows, as well as the trading price of our common stock may be negatively
impacted  by  the  effects  of  a  disease  outbreak,  epidemic,  pandemic,  or  similar  widespread  public  health  concern,  such  as  travel  restrictions  or
recommendations or mandates from governmental authorities to avoid large gatherings or to self-quarantine, whether as a result of the COVID-
19 or coronavirus global pandemic or otherwise.

An outbreak of disease or similar public health threat, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, could have, and in the case of the COVID-19 pandemic has had,
an  adverse  impact  on  our  business,  financial  condition  and  operating  results,  including  in  the  form  of  lowered  net  sales  and  the  delay  of  inventory
production and fulfillment in impacted regions. Fear of contracting diseases, individuals contracting diseases and the actions taken, and that may be taken,
by governmental authorities, our third-party logistics providers, our landlords, our competitors or by us relating to diseases, analogous to the COVID-19
pandemic may:

● cause disruptions in the supply chain, including the ability to produce and deliver product as expected;
● result in canceled orders, non-payment for orders received and/or delayed payment for orders received;
● restrict the operation of our retail store operations and our ability to meet consumer demand at our stores;
● cause inflation and currency rate fluctuations;
● result in a misalignment between demand and supply;
● result in labor shortages, including as a result of any vaccine mandate or our return to work policies;
● increase reliance by consumers on e-commerce platforms;
● impair the financial health of certain of our customers;
● impact previous business assumptions;
● increase the reliance of our employees on digital solutions;
● restrict global business and travel;
● impair our ability to ship product through our owned or affiliated distribution centers, including as a result of capacity reductions, shift changes,

labor shortages, higher than normal absenteeism and/or the complete shutdowns of facilities for deep cleaning procedures;

● cause rapid changes to employment and tax law;
● impair our key personnel;
● result  in  incremental  costs  from  the  adoption  of  preventative  measures,  including  providing  facial  coverings  and  hand  sanitizer,  rearranging
operations to follow social distancing protocols, conducting temperature checks and undertaking regular and thorough disinfecting of surfaces,
and providing testing; and/or

● cause any number of other disruptions to our business, the risks of which may be otherwise identified herein.

21

Table of Contents

In addition, the impact of pandemics, such as the COVID-19 pandemic, may also exacerbate other risks discussed in this Item 1A, any of which could have
a material effect on us.

We use foreign suppliers and manufacturing facilities for a significant portion of our raw materials and finished products, and disruptions to
international trade, such as disease epidemics or potential ‘trade wars,’ pose a risk to our business operations.

A  majority  of  our  products  sold  were  produced  by  and  purchased  from  independent  manufacturers  primarily  located  in Asia  and  Eastern  Europe,  with
substantially  all  of  the  remainder  produced  by  our  manufacturing  facilities  located  in  Utah. Although  no  single  supplier  and  no  one  country  controls  a
majority of our production needs, any of the following could materially and adversely affect our ability to produce or deliver our products and, as a result,
have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations:

● political or labor instability in countries where our facilities, contractors, and suppliers are located;
● political or military conflict, which could cause a delay in the transportation of raw materials and products to us and an increase in transportation

costs;

● heightened terrorism security concerns;
● disease epidemics and health-related concerns, such as COVID-19 or the coronavirus;
● imposition of regulations and quotas relating to imports and our ability to adjust timely to changes in trade regulations;
● imposition of tariffs, duties, taxes and other charges on imports and/or exports; and
● imposition or the repeal of laws that affect intellectual property rights.

Compliance costs related to environmental requirements could negatively impact our financial results.

We are, and any of our vendors or customers may be subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws, regulations, rules and ordinances relating to
pollution,  protection  of  the  environment,  climate  change,  greenhouse  gas  emissions,  and  the  generation,  storage,  handling,  transportation,  treatment,
disposal and remediation of hazardous substances and waste materials. Costs and capital expenditures relating to environmental, health or safety matters
are subject to evolving regulatory requirements and depend on the timing of the promulgation and enforcement of specific standards which impose the
requirements.  Moreover,  changes  in  environmental  regulations  could  inhibit  or  interrupt  our  operations,  or  require  modifications  to  our  facilities.
Accordingly, environmental, health or safety regulatory matters could result in significant unanticipated costs or liabilities.

We may incur significant costs in order to comply with environmental remediation obligations.

Environmental laws in the United States and in other countries also impose obligations on various entities to clean up contaminated properties or to pay for
the cost of such remediation, often upon parties that did not actually cause the contamination. Accordingly, we may be liable, either contractually or by
operation of law, for remediation costs even if the contaminated property is not presently owned or operated by us, is a landfill or other location where we
have disposed wastes, or if the contamination was caused by third parties during or prior to our ownership or operation of the property. Given the nature of
the past industrial operations conducted by us and others at these properties, there can be no assurance that all potential instances of soil or groundwater
contamination have been identified, even for those properties where an environmental site assessment has been conducted. Future events, such as changes
in existing laws or policies or their enforcement, or the discovery of currently unknown contamination, may give rise to additional remediation liabilities
that may have a material adverse effect upon our business, results of operations or financial condition.

There are significant risks associated with acquiring and integrating businesses.

Risks Related to our Business

An element of our general growth strategy is the acquisition of or investment in businesses and assets that will diversify our current business, increase size,
expand our geographic scope of operations and otherwise offer growth opportunities. We may not be able to successfully identify attractive acquisition or
investment  opportunities,  obtain  financing  for  acquisitions,  make  acquisitions  on  satisfactory  terms,  or  successfully  acquire  and/or  integrate  identified
targets.  In  identifying,  evaluating  and  selecting  a  target  business  or  assets  for  a  potential  acquisition  or  investment,  we  expect  to  encounter  intense
competition  from  other  entities,  including  blank  check  companies,  private  equity  groups,  venture  capital  funds,  leveraged  buyout  funds,  and  operating
businesses seeking strategic acquisitions.

22

Table of Contents

Many of these entities are well-established and have extensive experience identifying and effecting business combinations directly or through affiliates.
Moreover, many of these competitors possess greater financial, technical, human and other resources than us which will give them a competitive advantage
in pursuing the acquisition of certain target businesses.

Our ability to implement our acquisition strategy is also subject to other risks and costs, including:

● loss of key employees, customers or suppliers of acquired businesses;
● diversion of management’s time and attention from our core businesses;
● adverse effects on existing business relationships with suppliers and customers;
● our ability to secure necessary financing;
● our ability to realize operating efficiencies, synergies, or other benefits expected from an acquisition;
● risks associated with entering markets in which we have limited or no experience;
● risks associated with our ability to execute successful due diligence;
● any material differences in the actual financial results of the Company’s past and future acquisitions as compared with our financial expectations

for such acquisitions may require us to recognize impairment or other charges, and

● assumption of contingent or undisclosed liabilities of acquisition targets.

Any of the above risks could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and our business, financial condition and results of
operations.

We may require additional capital and funding to meet our financial obligations as well as to support our business operations and growth strategy,
and this additional capital and funding may not be available on favorable terms, if at all.  

Our ability to meet financial obligations and sustain business operations as well as our growth strategy is contingent upon securing adequate capital and
funding. There  exists  a  risk  that  we  may  require  additional  capital  in  the  future,  and  obtaining  such  resources  may  not  be  achievable  on  terms  deemed
acceptable or, in some instances, may not be available at all.  Any of the following factors could materially and adversely affect our ability to obtain the
necessary additional capital and funding required to meet financial obligations as well as support our ongoing business operations and growth strategy:

● fluctuations in economic conditions and adverse market conditions;
● unforeseen economic downturns, shifts in investor sentiment, or changes in market trends;
● intense  competition  in  the  capital  markets  may  limit  our  attractiveness  to  potential  investors  or  lenders  which  may  expose  us  to  the  risk  of

unfavorable financing arrangements;

● any downturn in our financial performance, failure to meet projections and/or deterioration of our credit profile may undermine investor or lender

confidence, making it difficult to secure additional capital and funding; and

● events of global significance, such as economic recessions, geopolitical tensions, or pandemics, can disrupt financial markets and impact investor

or lender willingness to provide capital and funding.

In addition, if we issue equity or debt securities to raise additional funds, (i) we will incur fees associated with such issuance, (ii) our existing stockholders
will experience dilution from the issuance of new equity securities, (iii) we will incur ongoing interest expense and may be required to grant a security
interest in our assets in connection with any debt issuance, and (iv) any new equity or debt securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to
those of our existing stockholders.

Our previously announced growth strategy may negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The  Company  announced  that  it  is  seeking  to  invest  in  high-quality,  durable,  cash  flow-producing  assets  in  order  to  diversify  our  business  within  the
outdoor  markets  as  part  of  our  previously  announced  growth  strategy.  There  can  be  no  assurance  as  to  the  outcome  of  the  growth  strategy,  that  any
particular  acquisition  or  investment  opportunities  will  be  consummated,  or  that  any  transaction  will  occur.  In  addition,  our  growth  strategy  may  create
perceived uncertainties as to our future direction and may result in the loss of employees, customers or business partners.

23

Table of Contents

Turmoil  across  various  sectors  of  the  financial  markets  may  negatively  impact  the  Company’s  business,  financial  condition,  and/or  operating
results as well as our ability to effectively execute our growth strategy.

Various sectors of the credit markets and the financial services industry have experienced a period of unprecedented turmoil and upheaval characterized by
disruption in the credit markets and availability of credit and other financing, the failure, bankruptcy, collapse or sale of various financial institutions and
an unprecedented level of intervention from the United States federal government. While the future recurrence of these events cannot be predicted, they
may  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  ability  to  obtain  financing  necessary  to  effectively  execute  acquisitions,  the  ability  of  our  customers  and
suppliers to continue to operate their businesses or the demand for our products, which could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our
common stock and our business, financial condition, and results of operations.

Our business is significantly dependent on our ability to meet our labor needs.

The success of our business depends significantly on our ability to hire and retain quality team members, which include but are not limited to managers and
other personnel. Competition for non-entry-level personnel, particularly those with experience in our industry, is highly competitive. We may be unable to
meet our labor needs and control our costs due to external factors such as the availability of a sufficient number of qualified persons in the workforce of the
markets  in  which  we  operate,  competition,  unemployment  levels,  demand  for  certain  labor  expertise,  prevailing  wage  rates,  wage  inflation,  changing
demographics, health and other insurance costs, adoption of new or revised employment and labor laws and regulations, and the impacts of man-made or
natural  disasters,  such  as  tornadoes,  hurricanes,  and  public  health  emergencies,  such  as  the  COVID-19  pandemic.  We  have  experienced,  and  expect  to
continue to experience, a shortage of labor for certain functions, which has increased our labor costs and negatively impacted our profitability. The extent
and duration of the effect of these labor market challenges are subject to numerous factors, including the availability of qualified persons in the markets
where  we  and  our  vendors  and  customers  operate  and  unemployment  levels  within  these  markets,  behavioral  changes,  prevailing  wage  rates  and  other
benefits,  inflation,  adoption  of  new  or  revised  employment  and  labor  laws  and  regulations  (including  increased  minimum  wage  requirements)  or
government programs, safety levels of our operations, and our reputation within the labor market.

Recent or potential future legislative initiatives may seek to increase the federal minimum wage in the United States, as well as the minimum wage in a
number of individual states or markets. As federal or state minimum wage rates increase, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum
wage team members, but also the wages paid to our other hourly team members as well. Further, should we fail to increase our wages competitively in
response to increasing wage rates, the quality of our workforce could decline, causing our customer service to suffer. Additionally, the U.S. Department of
Labor has proposed rules that may have salary and wage impact for “exempt” team members, which could result in a substantial increase in store payroll
expense. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our operating costs, financial condition and results of operations, which in
turn can materially adversely affect our business.

Although none of our employees are currently covered under collective bargaining agreements, we cannot guarantee that employees will not elect to be
represented  by  labor  unions  in  the  future.  If  some  or  our  entire  workforce  were  to  become  unionized  and  collective  bargaining  agreement  terms  were
significantly  different  from  our  current  compensation  arrangements  or  work  practice,  it  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  business,  financial
condition and results of operations.

We may not be able to adequately manage our growth.

We have expanded, and are seeking to continue to expand, our business. This growth has placed significant demands on our management, administrative,
operating, and financial resources as well as our manufacturing capacity capabilities. The continued growth of our customer base, the types of products
offered and the geographic markets served can be expected to continue to place a significant strain on our resources. Personnel qualified in the production
and  marketing  of  our  products  are  difficult  to  find  and  hire,  and  enhancements  of  information  technology  systems  to  support  growth  are  difficult  to
implement.  Our  future  performance  and  profitability  will  depend  in  large  part  on  our  ability  to  attract  and  retain  additional  management  and  other  key
personnel, as well as our ability to increase and maintain our manufacturing capacity capabilities to meet the needs of our current and future customers.
Any failure to adequately manage our growth could have a material adverse effect on the market price of our common stock and our business, financial
condition, and results of operations.

24

Table of Contents

Compliance with changing laws, regulations and standards of corporate governance and public disclosure may result in additional expenses.

Changing laws, regulations and standards relating to corporate governance and public disclosure, including the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes
Oxley Act”),  the  Dodd-Frank  Wall  Street  Reform  and  Consumer  Protection Act,  new  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  regulations  and  NASDAQ
rules, are creating uncertainty for companies such as ours. These new or changed laws, regulations, and standards are subject to varying interpretations, in
many cases due to their lack of specificity. As a result, their application in practice may evolve over time as new guidance is provided by regulatory and
governing  bodies,  which  could  result  in  continuing  uncertainty  regarding  compliance  matters  and  higher  costs  necessitated  by  ongoing  revisions  to
disclosure  and  governance  practices.  We  are  committed  to  maintaining  high  standards  of  corporate  governance  and  public  disclosure. As  a  result,  our
efforts  to  comply  with  evolving  laws,  regulations,  and  standards  have  resulted  in,  and  are  likely  to  continue  to  result  in,  increased  general  and
administrative expenses and a diversion of management time and attention from revenue-generating activities to compliance activities.

From time to time, we have been and may be subject to legal proceedings, regulatory investigations or disputes, and governmental inquiries that
could cause us to incur significant expenses, divert our management’s attention, damage our business and reputation as well as have a material
adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, stock price, consolidated financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

From time to time, we have been and may be subject to claims, lawsuits, government investigations, and other proceedings involving products liability,
competition  and  antitrust,  intellectual  property,  privacy,  consumer  protection,  securities,  tax,  labor  and  employment,  commercial  disputes,  and  other
matters that could adversely affect our business operations and financial condition. Injuries sustained by those who use or purchase our products, including,
without  limitation,  our  avalanche  beacon  transceivers,  have,  and  could  in  the  future,  subject  us  to  regulatory  proceedings  and  litigation  by  government
agencies  and  private  litigants  brought  against  us,  that  regardless  of  their  merits,  could  harm  our  reputation,  divert  management’s  attention  from  our
operations and result in substantial legal fees and other costs. For example, as disclosed in Item 3. “Legal Proceedings,” BDEL was notified by the CPSC
that the agency staff believes we failed to timely meet our statutory reporting obligations under the Consumer Product Safety Act with respect to certain
models  of  BDEL’s  avalanche  transceivers  either  switching  unexpectedly  out  of  “send”  mode  and/or  out  of  “search”  mode,  that  we  made  material
misrepresentations in reports to the CPSC, and that the agency staff intends to recommend that the CPSC impose substantial civil monetary penalties on us.
Any financial penalties imposed by the CPSC or other regulators could be costly to us and could damage our business and reputation as well as have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  liquidity,  stock  price,  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations  and/or  cash  flows. Also,  we  have
reporting obligations to safety regulators in all jurisdictions where we sell our products, where reporting may trigger further regulatory investigations.

We could face particular challenges in maintaining our internal control over financial reporting.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that we evaluate and report on our system of internal control over financial reporting and requires that we
have our internal control over financial reporting audited. If we fail to maintain adequate internal controls, we could be subject to regulatory scrutiny, civil
or criminal penalties and/or stockholder litigation. Any inability to provide reliable financial reports could harm our business and the trading price of our
common stock. Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act also requires that our independent registered public accounting firm report on the effectiveness of
the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting.  In  addition,  acquisition  targets  may  not  be  in  compliance  with  the  provisions  of  the  Sarbanes-
Oxley Act  regarding  adequacy  of  their  internal  controls.  The  development  of  the  internal  controls  of  any  such  entity  to  achieve  compliance  with  the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act may increase the time and costs necessary to complete any such acquisition.

If  we  identify  any  material  weaknesses  or  significant  deficiencies  in  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  we  may  need  to  take  costly  steps  to
implement improved controls and may be subject to sanctions for failure to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Such remedial costs
or  sanctions  could  have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  our  results  of  operations  and  financial  condition.  Further,  we  would  be  required  to  disclose  any
material weakness in internal control over financial reporting, and we would receive an adverse opinion on our internal control over financial reporting
from  our  independent  auditors. These  factors  could  cause  investors  to  lose  confidence  in  our  reported  financial  information  and  could  have  a  negative
effect on the trading price of our stock.

25

Table of Contents

We may be subject to disruptions, failures or cyber-attacks in our information technology systems and network infrastructures that could disrupt
our operations, damage our reputation and adversely affect our business, operations, and financial results.

We maintain and rely extensively on information technology systems and network infrastructures for the effective operation of our business. Techniques
used to gain unauthorized access to private networks are constantly evolving, and we may be unable to anticipate or prevent unauthorized access to data
pertaining to our customers, including credit card and debit card information and other personally identifiable information. Our direct-to-consumer service,
which is supported by our own systems and those of third-party vendors, is vulnerable to computer viruses, Internet worms, break-ins, phishing attacks,
attempts to overload servers with denial-of-service or other attacks and similar disruptions from unauthorized use of our and third-party vendor computer
systems,  any  of  which  could  lead  to  system  interruptions,  delays  or  shutdowns,  causing  loss  of  critical  data  or  the  unauthorized  access  to  personally
identifiable  information.  If  an  actual  or  perceived  breach  of  our  systems  or  a  vendor’s  systems  security  occurs,  we  may  face  civil  liability  and  public
perception  of  our  security  measures  could  be  diminished,  either  of  which  would  negatively  affect  our  ability  to  attract  customers,  which  could  have  a
material adverse effect on our business. We also would be required to expend significant resources to mitigate the breach of security and to address related
matters.

Further, a disruption, infiltration or failure of our information technology systems or any of our data centers including the systems and data centers of our
third-party vendors as a result of software or hardware malfunctions, computer viruses, cyber-attacks, employee theft or misuse, power disruptions, natural
disasters or accidents could cause breaches of data security and loss of critical data, which in turn could materially adversely affect our business.

We cannot fully control the actions of third parties who may have access to the customer data we collect and the customer data collected by our third party
vendors. We may be unable to monitor or control such third parties and the third parties having access to our other websites in their compliance with the
terms of our privacy policies, terms of use, and other applicable contracts, and we may be unable to prevent unauthorized access to, or use or disclosure of,
customer  information.  Any  such  misuse  could  hinder  or  prevent  our  efforts  with  respect  to  growth  opportunities  and  could  expose  us  to  liability  or
otherwise adversely affect our business. In addition, these third parties may become the victim of security breaches or have practices that may result in a
breach, and we could be responsible for those third-party acts or failures to act.

Any failure, or perceived failure, by us or the prior owners of acquired businesses to maintain the security of data relating to our customers and employees,
to  comply  with  our  posted  privacy  policies,  our  predecessors’  posted  policies,  laws  and  regulations,  rules  of  self-regulatory  organizations,  or  industry
standards  and  contractual  provisions  to  which  we  or  they  may  be  bound,  could  result  in  the  loss  of  confidence  in  us,  or  result  in  actions  against  us  by
governmental entities or others, all of which could result in litigation and financial losses, and could potentially cause us to lose customers, revenue and
employees.

Initiatives to upgrade our business processes and information technology systems to optimize our operational and financial performance involve
many risks which could result in, among other things, business interruptions, higher costs and lost profits.

We  regularly  implement  business  process  improvement  and  information  technology  initiatives  intended  to  optimize  our  operational  and  financial
performance.  Transitioning  to  these  new  or  upgraded  processes  and  systems  requires  significant  capital  investments  and  personnel  resources.
Implementation is also highly dependent on the coordination of numerous employees, contractors and software and system providers. The interdependence
of these processes and systems is a significant risk to the successful completion and continued refinement of these initiatives, and the failure of any aspect
could have a material adverse effect on the functionality of our overall business. We may also experience difficulties in implementing or operating our new
or upgraded business processes or information technology systems, including, but not limited to, ineffective or inefficient operations, significant system
failures, system outages, delayed implementation and loss of system availability, which could lead to increased implementation and/or operational costs,
loss or corruption of data, delayed shipments, excess inventory and interruptions of operations resulting in lost sales and/or profits.

We  rely  on  information  technology  systems,  including  third-party  cloud-based  solutions,  and  any  failure  of  these  systems,  including,  without
limitation,  due  to  outages  and/or  cyberattacks,  may  result  in  disruptions  or  outages,  loss  of  processing  capabilities,  and/or  loss  of  data,  any  of
which may have a material adverse effect on our business, operations, and financial results.

Our reputation and ability to attract, retain and serve consumers is dependent upon the reliable performance of our underlying technology infrastructure
and external service providers, including third-party cloud-based solutions. These systems are vulnerable to damage or

26

Table of Contents

interruption and we have experienced interruptions in the past. We rely on cloud-based solutions furnished by third parties primarily to allocate resources,
pay  vendors,  collect  from  customers,  process  transactions,  develop  demand  and  supply  plans,  manage  product  design,  production,  transportation,  and
distribution, forecast and report operating results, meet regulatory requirements and administer employee payroll and benefits, among other functions. We
have also designed a significant portion of our software and computer systems to utilize data processing and storage capabilities from third-party cloud
solution providers. Both our on-premises and cloud-based infrastructure may be susceptible to outages due to any number of reasons, including, human
error, fire, floods, power loss, telecommunications failures, terrorist attacks and similar events. Despite the implementation of security measures that we
believe to be reasonable, both our on-premises and our cloud-based infrastructure may also be vulnerable to hacking, computer viruses, the installation of
malware and similar disruptions either by third-parties or employees, which may result in outages. We do not have redundancy for all of our systems and
our  disaster  recovery  planning  may  not  account  for  all  eventualities.  If  we  or  our  existing  third-party  cloud-based  solution  providers  experience
interruptions  in  service  regularly  or  for  a  prolonged  basis,  or  other  similar  issues,  our  business  could  be  seriously  harmed  and,  in  some  instances,  our
consumers  may  not  be  able  to  purchase  our  products,  which  could  significantly  and  negatively  affect  our  sales. Additionally,  our  existing  cloud-based
solution  providers  have  broad  discretion  to  change  and  interpret  their  terms  of  service  and  other  policies  with  respect  to  us,  and  they  may  take  actions
beyond our control that could harm our business. We also may not be able to control the quality of the systems and services we receive from our third-party
cloud-based solution providers. Any transition of the cloud-based solutions currently provided to different cloud providers would be difficult to implement
and may cause us to incur significant time and expense.

If  we  and/or  our  cloud-based  solution  providers  are  not  successful  in  preventing  or  effectively  responding  to  outages  and  cyberattacks,  our  business,
operations, and financial results could be materially and adversely affected.

Additionally,  information  technology  systems  require  periodic  modifications,  upgrades,  and  replacement  that  subject  us  to  costs  and  risks,  including
potential  disruption  to  our  internal  control  structure,  substantial  capital  expenditures,  additional  administration  and  operating  expenses,  retention  of
sufficiently  skilled  personnel  or  outside  firms  to  implement  and  operate  existing  or  new  systems,  and  other  risks  and  costs  of  delays  or  difficulties  in
transitioning to new or modified systems or of integrating new or modified systems into our current systems. In addition, challenges implementing new or
modified technology systems may cause disruptions in our business operations and, if not anticipated and appropriately mitigated, could have a material
adverse effect on our business operations.

The effects of climate change and increased focus by governmental and non-governmental organizations, customers, consumers and investors on
sustainability issues, including those related to climate change and socially responsible activities, may adversely affect our business and financial
results and damage our reputation.

Climate change is occurring around the world and may impact our business in numerous ways. Such change could lead to an increase in raw material and
packaging  prices,  and  reduced  availability,  for  example,  due  to  water  shortages  which  could  adversely  impact  raw  material  availability.  Increased
frequency of extreme weather (storms and floods) could cause increased incidence of disruption to the production and distribution of our products and an
adverse impact on consumer demand and spending.

Investor  advocacy  groups,  certain  institutional  investors,  investment  funds,  other  market  participants,  shareholders,  and  stakeholders  have  focused
increasingly on the environmental, social and governance (“ESG”) and related sustainability practices of companies. These parties have placed increased
importance  on  the  implications  of  the  social  cost  of  their  investments.  If  our  ESG  practices  do  not  meet  investor  or  other  stakeholder  expectations  and
standards, which continue to evolve, our brands, reputation and employee retention may be negatively impacted. It is possible that stakeholders may not be
satisfied with our ESG practices or the speed of their adoption. We could also incur additional costs and require additional resources to monitor, report, and
comply with various ESG practices. Also, our failure, or perceived failure, to manage reputational threats and meet expectations with respect to socially
responsible activities and sustainability commitments could negatively impact our credibility, employee retention, and the willingness of our customers and
suppliers to do business with us.

Our Board of Directors and executive officers have significant influence over our affairs.

The members of our Board of Directors and our executive officers, which includes Mr. Warren B. Kanders, beneficially own approximately 20.2% of our
outstanding common stock as of March 4, 2024. As a result, our Board of Directors and executive officer, to the extent they vote their shares in a similar
manner, have influence over our affairs and could exercise such influence in a manner that is not in the best interests of our other stockholders, including
by attempting to delay, defer or prevent a change of control transaction that might otherwise be in the best interests of our stockholders.

27

Table of Contents

We may be unable to realize the benefits of our net operating losses and tax credit carryforwards.

Net  operating  losses  (“NOLs”)  may  be  carried  forward  to  offset  federal  and  state  taxable  income  in  future  years  and  eliminate  income  taxes  otherwise
payable on such taxable income, subject to certain adjustments. Based on current federal corporate income tax rates, our NOL and other carryforwards
could provide a benefit to us, if fully utilized, of significant future tax savings. However, our ability to use these tax benefits in future years will depend
upon the amount of our otherwise taxable income. If we do not have sufficient taxable income in future years to use the tax benefits before they expire, we
will lose the benefit of these NOL carryforwards permanently.

Additionally, if we underwent an ownership change, the NOL carryforward limitations would impose an annual limit on the amount of the taxable income
that may be offset by our NOL generated prior to the ownership change. If an ownership change were to occur, we may be unable to use a significant
portion  of  our  NOL  to  offset  taxable  income.  In  general,  an  ownership  change  occurs  when,  as  of  any  testing  date,  the  aggregate  of  the  increase
in percentage points of the total amount of a corporation’s stock owned by one or more “5-percent shareholders” within the meaning of Section 382 of the
Internal Revenue Code (“Code”) whose percentage ownership of the stock has increased as of such date over the aggregate of the lowest percentage of the
stock owned by such 5-percent shareholder at any time during the three-year period preceding such date is more than 50 percentage points. In general,
persons who own 5% or more of a corporation’s stock are 5-percent shareholders, and all stock owned by persons who are not 5-percent shareholders is
treated as owned by one 5-percent shareholder. The issuance of a large number of shares of common stock in connection with any acquisitions could result
in a limitation of the use of our NOLs.

Further, our certificate of incorporation provides for blank check preferred stock, which allows the Board to issue preferred stock at any time with rights
and designations set forth by the Board. Section 382 of the Code generally excludes preferred stock when calculating ownership percentages as they relate
to our NOLs if the preferred stock satisfies all of the following criteria: it is not entitled to vote, it is limited and preferred as to dividends and does not
participate in corporate growth to any significant extent, it has redemption and liquidation rights which do not exceed the issue price of such stock (except
for a reasonable redemption or liquidation premium), and it is not convertible into another class of stock. Our Board may authorize and issue preferred
stock  that  does  not  meet  these  criteria,  and  such  preferred  stock  would  count  towards  determining  ownership  change  under  Section  382  of  the  Code.
Therefore the issuance of any preferred stock could increase the likelihood of a limitation of the use of our NOLs.

Moreover,  if  a  corporation  experiences  an  ownership  change  and  does  not  satisfy  the  continuity  of  business  enterprise,  or  COBE,  requirement  (which
generally requires that the corporation continue its historic business or use a significant portion of its historic business assets in a business for the two-year
period beginning on the date of the ownership change), it cannot, subject to certain exceptions, use any NOL from a pre-change period to offset taxable
income in post-change years.

The  actual  ability  to  utilize  the  tax  benefit  of  any  existing  NOLs  will  be  subject  to  future  facts  and  circumstances  with  respect  to  meeting  the  above
described  COBE  requirements  at  the  time  NOLs  are  being  utilized  on  a  tax  return. The  realization  of  NOLs  and  the  recognition  of  asset  and  valuation
allowances  for  deferred  taxes  require  management  to  make  estimates  and  judgments  about  the  Company’s  future  profitability  which  are  inherently
uncertain. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance when, in the opinion of management, it is more likely than not that some portion or all
of the deferred tax assets will not be realized. If, in the opinion of management, it becomes more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred tax
assets will not be realized, deferred tax assets would be reduced by a valuation allowance and any such reduction could have a material adverse effect on
the financial condition of the Company.

The amount of NOL and tax credit carryforwards that we have claimed has not been audited or otherwise validated by the U.S. Internal Revenue Service
(the “IRS”). The IRS could challenge our calculation of the amount of our NOL or our determinations as to when a prior change in ownership occurred,
and other provisions of the Code may limit our ability to carry forward our NOL to offset taxable income in future years. If the IRS were successful with
respect to any such challenge, the potential tax benefit of the NOL carryforwards to us could be substantially reduced.

Certain protective measures implemented by us to preserve our NOLs may not be effective or may have some unintended negative effects.

On July 24, 2003, at our Annual Meeting of Stockholders, our stockholders approved an amendment (the “Amendment”) to our Amended and Restated
Certificate of Incorporation to restrict certain acquisitions of our securities in order to help assure the preservation of our NOLs. The Amendment generally
restricts direct and indirect acquisitions of our equity securities if such acquisition will affect

28

Table of Contents

the percentage of the Company’s capital stock that is treated as owned by a “5% stockholder.” Additionally, on February 7, 2008, our Board of Directors
approved a rights agreement which is designed to assist in limiting the number of 5% or more owners and thus reduce the risk of a possible “change of
ownership” under Section 382 of the Code.

Although  the  transfer  restrictions  imposed  on  our  capital  stock  and  the  rights  agreement  are  intended  to  reduce  the  likelihood  of  an  impermissible
ownership change, there is no guarantee that such protective measures would prevent all transfers that would result in an impermissible ownership change.
These protective measures also will require any person attempting to acquire a significant interest in us to seek the approval of our Board of Directors. This
may  have  an  “anti-takeover”  effect  because  our  Board  of  Directors  may  be  able  to  prevent  any  future  takeover.  Similarly,  any  limits  on  the  amount  of
capital stock that a stockholder may own could have the effect of making it more difficult for stockholders to replace current management. Additionally,
because  protective  measures  implemented  by  us  to  preserve  our  NOL  will  have  the  effect  of  restricting  a  stockholder’s  ability  to  acquire  our  common
stock, the liquidity and market value of our common stock might suffer.

The loss of any member of our senior management or certain other key executives could significantly harm our business.

Our ability to maintain our competitive position is dependent to a large degree on the efforts and skills of our senior management team, including Warren
B. Kanders. If we were to lose the services of any member of our senior management, our business may be significantly impaired. In addition, many of our
senior  executives  have  strong  industry  reputations,  which  aid  us  in  identifying  acquisition  and  borrowing  opportunities,  and  having  such  opportunities
brought to us. The loss of the services of these key personnel could materially and adversely affect our operations because of diminished relationships with
lenders, existing and prospective tenants, property sellers and industry personnel.

Our Board of Directors may change significant corporate policies without stockholder approval.

Our investment, financing, borrowing and dividend policies and our policies with respect to all other activities, including growth, debt, capitalization and
operations, will be determined by our Board of Directors. These policies may be amended or revised at any time and from time to time at the discretion of
the Board of Directors without a vote of our stockholders. In addition, the Board of Directors may change our policies with respect to conflicts of interest
provided  that  such  changes  are  consistent  with  applicable  legal  requirements. A  change  in  these  policies  could  have  an  adverse  effect  on  our  financial
condition,  results  of  operations,  cash  flow,  per  share  trading  price  of  our  common  stock  and  ability  to  satisfy  our  debt  service  obligations  and  to  pay
dividends to our stockholders.

Compensation awards to our management may not be tied to or correspond with our improved financial results or share price.

The  compensation  committee  of  our  Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  overseeing  our  compensation  and  employee  benefit  plans  and  practices,
including  our  executive  compensation  plans  and  our  incentive  compensation  and  equity-based  compensation  plans.  Our  compensation  committee  has
significant  discretion  in  structuring  compensation  packages  and  may  make  compensation  decisions  based  on  any  number  of  factors.  As  a  result,
compensation awards may not be tied to or correspond with improved financial results for the Company or the share price of our common stock.

We  have  been  required  to  recognize  impairment  charges  and  may  be  required  to  take  future  write  downs  or  write-offs,  restructuring,  and
impairment or other charges that have had a significant negative effect on our financial condition, results of operations and our stock price, which
could cause you to lose some or all of your investment.

In connection with our general growth strategy of acquiring businesses and assets, we have and may be forced in the future to write-down or write-off
assets,  restructure  our  operations,  or  incur  impairment  or  other  charges  that  could  result  in  us  reporting  losses.  For  example,  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022, we recorded approximately $92 million of impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, specifically the Rhino-Rack
trademark, in our Adventure reporting unit. Even though these charges may be non-cash items and not have an immediate impact on our liquidity, the fact
that we report charges of this nature could contribute to negative market perceptions about us or our common stock.

29

Table of Contents

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation authorizes the issuance of shares of preferred stock.

Risks Related to our Common Stock

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that our Board of Directors will be authorized to issue from time to time, without further
stockholder  approval,  up  to  5,000,000  shares  of  preferred  stock  in  one  or  more  series  and  to  fix  or  alter  the  designations,  preferences,  rights  and  any
qualifications, limitations or restrictions of the shares of each series, including the dividend rights, dividend rates, conversion rights, voting rights, terms of
redemption,  including  sinking  fund  provisions,  redemption  price  or  prices,  liquidation  preferences  and  the  number  of  shares  constituting  any  series  or
designations of any series. Such shares of preferred stock could have preferences over our common stock with respect to dividends and liquidation rights.
We  may  issue  additional  preferred  stock  in  ways  which  may  delay,  defer  or  prevent  a  change  in  control  of  the  Company  without  further  action  by  our
stockholders. Such shares of preferred stock may be issued with voting rights that may adversely affect the voting power of the holders of our common
stock by increasing the number of outstanding shares having voting rights, and by the creation of class or series voting rights.

Our payment of future quarterly dividends on our common stock is subject to the discretion and approval of our Board of Directors.

On August 6, 2018, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved the initiation of the Quarterly Cash Dividend program of $0.025 per
share of the Company’s common stock or $0.10 per share on an annualized basis. We temporarily replaced the Quarterly Cash Dividend with a Quarterly
Stock  Dividend  during  portions  of  the  2020  fiscal  year  in  light  of  the  operational  impact  of  the  COVID-19  pandemic. While  we  intend  to  pay  regular
Quarterly Cash Dividends for the foreseeable future, all subsequent dividends will be reviewed quarterly and declared at the discretion and approval of our
Board  of  Directors  and  will  depend  upon,  among  other  things,  our  results  of  operations,  capital  requirements,  general  business  conditions,  contractual
restrictions under any new credit facility that we may enter into in the future on the payment of dividends, legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment
of dividends, and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant. Therefore, you should not purchase our common stock if you need immediate or
future income by way of dividends from your investment. In addition, upon an event of default under any new credit facility that we may enter into in the
future, we may be prohibited from declaring or paying any dividends on our common stock or generally making other distributions to our stockholders.

The sale of a substantial amount of our common stock in the public market could adversely affect the prevailing market price of our common
stock.

We have outstanding an aggregate of 38,236,268 shares of our common stock as of March 4, 2024. This includes 6,525,421 shares of common stock that
are beneficially owned by Mr. Kanders, our Chairman of the Board, of which he has 4,840,971 pledged as security for loans from financial institutions and
that may be sold by such financial institutions in the event of a foreclosure of these loans. The sale of a significant amount of shares at any given time, or
the perception that such sales could occur, including sales of the shares beneficially owned by Mr. Kanders, could adversely affect the prevailing market
price of our common stock.

We may issue a substantial amount of our common stock in the future, which could cause dilution to current investors and otherwise adversely
affect our stock price.

We may issue additional shares of common stock as consideration for such acquisition. These issuances could be significant. To the extent that we make
acquisitions and issue our shares of common stock as consideration, your equity interest in us will be diluted. Any such issuance will also increase the
number of outstanding shares of common stock that will be eligible for sale in the future. Persons receiving shares of our common stock in connection with
these  acquisitions  may  be  more  likely  to  sell  off  their  common  stock,  which  may  influence  the  price  of  our  common  stock.  In  addition,  the  potential
issuance of additional shares in connection with anticipated acquisitions could lessen demand for our common stock and result in a lower price than might
otherwise be obtained. We may issue common stock in the future for other purposes as well, including in connection with financings, for compensation
purposes, in connection with strategic transactions or for other purposes. The issuance of a large number of shares of common stock in connection with an
acquisition could also have a negative effect on our ability to use our NOLs.

30

Table of Contents

If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about us, our business, or our market, or if they change
their recommendations regarding our securities adversely, the price and trading volume of our securities could decline.

The  trading  market  for  our  securities  may  be  influenced  by  the  research  and  reports  that  industry  or  securities  analysts  publish  about  us,  our  business,
market, or competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover us adversely change their recommendation regarding our shares of common stock, or provide
more favorable relative recommendations about our competitors, the price of our shares of common stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may
cover us were to cease coverage of us or fail to regularly publish reports on us, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause
our share price or trading volume to decline.

Shares  of  our  common  stock  have  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  thinly  traded,  which  may  contribute  to  volatility  in  our  stock  price  and  less
liquidity for investors.

The trading volume of our common stock has varied, and at times may be characterized as thinly traded. As a result of this thin trading market or “float”
for  our  common  stock,  our  common  stock  has  been,  and  may  continue  to  be,  less  liquid  than  the  common  stock  of  companies  with  broader  public
ownership. If our common stock is thinly traded, the trading of a relatively small volume of our common stock may have a greater impact on the trading
price of our common stock than would be the case if our float were larger. As a result, the trading prices of our common stock may be more volatile than
the common stock of companies with broader public ownership, and an investor to be unable to liquidate an investment in our common stock at attractive
prices.

We cannot predict the prices at which our common stock will trade in the future. Variations in financial results, announcements of material events, changes
in our dividend policy, technological innovations or new products by us or our competitors, our quarterly operating results, changes in general conditions in
the economy or the outdoor industry, other developments affecting us or our competitors or general price and volume fluctuations in the market are among
the many factors that could cause the market price of our common stock to fluctuate substantially.

Techniques employed by short sellers or other derivative traders may drive down the market price of our common stock and/or spur litigation or
regulatory action.

Short selling is the practice of selling securities that a seller does not own but rather has borrowed from a third party with the intention of buying identical
securities  back  at  a  later  date  to  return  to  the  lender.  Short  sellers  hope  to  profit  from  a  decline  in  the  value  of  the  securities  between  the  sale  of  the
borrowed securities and the purchase of the replacement securities, as short sellers expect to pay less in that purchase than they received in the sale. As it is
in  short  sellers’  interest  for  the  price  of  the  security  to  decline,  many  short  sellers  publish,  or  arrange  for  the  publication  of,  negative  opinions  and
allegations regarding the relevant issuer and its business prospects in order to create negative market momentum and generate profits for themselves after
selling a security short. These short attacks have, in the past, led to selling of shares in the market that have negatively impacted the market price of our
common stock.

If we were to become the subject of unfavorable allegations contained in short reports, whether such allegations are proven to be true or untrue, we may
have to expend a significant amount of resources to investigate such allegations and/or defend ourselves. While we would prefer to strongly defend against
any such short seller attacks, we may be constrained in the manner in which we can proceed against the relevant short sellers by principles of freedom of
speech, applicable state law or issues of commercial confidentiality. Such a situation could be costly and time-consuming, and could divert management’s
attention from our day-to-day operations. Even if such allegations are ultimately proven to be groundless, allegations against us could severely impact the
market price of our common stock and our business operations.

ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

None.

31

Table of Contents

ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY

Risk Management and Strategy

We  have  established  policies  and  processes  for  assessing,  identifying,  and  managing  material  risk  from  cybersecurity  threats,  and  have  integrated  these
processes into our overall risk management systems and processes. We routinely assess material risks from cybersecurity threats, including any potential
unauthorized occurrence on or conducted through our information systems that may result in adverse effects on the confidentiality, integrity, or availability
of our information systems or any information residing therein.

We  design  and  assess  our  program  based  on  the  National  Institute  of  Standards  and  Technology  Cybersecurity  Framework  (NIST  CSF  and  AI  Risk
Management Framework) and seek to follow industry best practices to identify, assess, and manage cybersecurity risks relevant to our business.

We  conduct  annual  risk  assessments  to  identify  cybersecurity  threats  to  our  critical  systems,  information,  services,  and  our  broader  enterprise  IT
environment. These risk assessments include identifying reasonably foreseeable potential internal and external risks, the likelihood of occurrence and any
potential damage that could result from such risks, and the sufficiency of existing policies, procedures, systems, controls, and other safeguards in place to
manage such risks. As part of our risk management process, we may engage third party experts to help identify and assess risks from cybersecurity threats.
Our risk management and assessment process also encompasses cybersecurity risks associated with our use of third-party service providers.

As part of our overall risk management and assessment program, we design, implement, and maintain reasonable safeguards to minimize potential risks,
including  cybersecurity  risks;  reasonably  address  any  identified  gaps  in  existing  safeguards;  update  existing  safeguards  as  necessary;  and  monitor  the
effectiveness of our safeguards. We also regularly provide cybersecurity awareness training to employees at all levels and departments across the Company.
The Company believes that we have allocated adequate resources to address the cybersecurity threats that may reasonably affect us.  

Our cybersecurity team, consisting of the VP of Information Technology, Director of Information Security, and Director of Infrastructure, is principally
responsible for managing our cybersecurity risk assessment processes, our security controls, mitigation process and our response to cybersecurity threats.

The Company also participates in a cybersecurity risk insurance policy.

For additional information regarding cybersecurity threats that may materially affect the Company, including our business strategy, results of operations,
and financial condition, please refer to Item 1A. Risk Factors of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.  

Governance

One of the functions of our Board of Directors is informed oversight of our risk management processes, including risks from cybersecurity threats. Our
Board  of  Directors  is  responsible  for  monitoring  and  assessing  strategic  risk  exposure,  and  our  executive  officers  are  responsible  for  the  day-to-day
management of the material risks we face. Our Board of Directors administers its cybersecurity risk oversight function directly as a whole and through its
committees.  

In particular, the Audit Committee of our Board of Directors monitors and assesses our financial, legal and operational risks, and receives regular reports
from  the  management  team  regarding  comprehensive  organizational  risk  as  well  as  particular  areas  of  concern,  which  includes,  but  is  not  limited  to,
cybersecurity risks, related mitigation, and other related responses and activities.

Our management team is informed about and monitors the prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity risks and incidents through
various means, which may include, among other things, briefings with internal security personnel, threat intelligence and other information obtained from
governmental, public or private sources, including external consultants engaged by us, and alerts and reports produced by security tools deployed in our IT
environment.

32

Table of Contents

ITEM 2. PROPERTIES

Our corporate headquarters, as well as our primary research, evaluation and design studios, is located in a facility owned by the Company in Salt Lake
City, Utah. In addition, at December 31, 2023, the Company and its subsidiaries lease or own facilities throughout the U.S., Europe, Australia and New
Zealand. In general, our properties are well maintained, considered adequate and being utilized for their intended purposes.

The following table identifies and provides certain information regarding our principal facilities:

Corporate Headquarters:

Outdoor Segment

Activity

Location

Owned/Leased

Salt Lake City, Utah

Owned

Black Diamond U.S. Distribution and Manufacturing Facilities:

Salt Lake City, Utah

Leased/Owned

Black Diamond European Sales and Marketing Office:

PIEPS Sales and Marketing Office:

Black Diamond HQ Retail Store

Black Diamond Trolley Square Retail Store

Black Diamond Jackson Retail Store

Black Diamond Boulder Retail Store

Black Diamond Seattle Retail Store

Adventure Segment

Rhino-Rack Australia Headquarters:

Rhino-Rack Australia Perth Distribution Facility:

Rhino-Rack U.S. Distribution Facility:

Innsbruck, Austria

Lebring, Austria

Salt Lake City, Utah

Salt Lake City, Utah

Jackson, Wyoming

Boulder, Colorado

Seattle, Washington

Sydney, Australia

Perth, Australia

Denver, Colorado

Rhino-Rack N.Z. Distribution Facility:

Wellington, New Zealand

MAXTRAX and TRED Australia Headquarters:

Brisbane, Australia

Discontinued Operations

Precision Sport Segment

Sierra U.S. Distribution and Manufacturing Facilities:

Barnes U.S. Distribution and Manufacturing Facilities:

Sedalia, Missouri

Mona, Utah

33

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Leased

Owned

Owned

Table of Contents

ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Legal Proceedings

The Company is involved in various legal disputes and other legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Based on
currently available information, and except as disclosed herein, the Company does not believe that the existence of any of the legal disputes the Company
or its subsidiaries is currently involved in will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or
cash flows. It is possible that, as additional information becomes available, the impact on the Company of an adverse determination could have a different
effect.

Litigation

The Company is involved in various lawsuits arising from time to time that the Company considers ordinary routine litigation incidental to its business.
Amounts  accrued  for  litigation  matters  represent  the  anticipated  costs  (damages  and/or  settlement  amounts)  in  connection  with  pending  litigation  and
claims and related anticipated legal fees and other expenses or costs for defending such actions, which legal fees and expenses or costs are expensed as
incurred. The costs are accrued when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. The accruals are
based upon the Company’s assessment, after consultation with counsel (if deemed appropriate), of probable loss based on the facts and circumstances of
each case, the legal issues involved, the nature of the claim made, the nature of the damages sought and any relevant information about the plaintiffs and
other significant factors that vary by case. When it is not possible to estimate a specific expected cost to be incurred, the Company evaluates the range of
probable loss and records the minimum end of the range. Based on currently available information, and except as disclosed herein, the Company does not
believe that it is reasonably possible that the disposition of any of the legal disputes the Company or its subsidiaries is currently involved in will have a
material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. There is a reasonable possibility of loss
from contingencies in excess of the amounts accrued by the Company in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets; however, the actual amounts of
such possible losses cannot currently be reasonably estimated by the Company at this time. It is possible that, as additional information becomes available,
the impact on the Company could have a different effect.

Product Liability

As a consumer goods manufacturer and distributor, the Company faces the risk of product liability and related lawsuits involving claims for substantial
money damages, product recall actions and higher than anticipated rates of warranty returns or other returns of goods. The Company is therefore vulnerable
to various personal injury and property damage lawsuits relating to its products and incidental to its business.

Except as disclosed herein, there are no pending product liability claims and lawsuits of the Company, which the Company believes in the aggregate, will
have  a  material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company’s  business,  brand  reputation,  liquidity,  stock  price,  consolidated  financial  position,  results  of  operations
and/or cash flows.

U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission

In January 2021, Black Diamond Equipment, Ltd. (“BDEL”) wrote to the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) outlining its new cradle
solution  for  certain  models  of  its  avalanche  beacon  transceivers  to  prevent  such  transceivers  from  switching  unexpectedly  out  of  “send”  mode.  The
proposed  new  cradle  solution  was  designed  to  improve  transceiver  safety  by  locking  the  transceiver  into  “send”  mode  prior  to  use  so  that  it  would  not
switch unexpectedly out of “send” mode. BDEL also requested approval for the CPSC Fast-Track Program for a voluntary product recall to implement this
cradle solution. The CPSC approved the recall and entered into a Corrective Action Plan agreement with BDEL in March 2021. BDEL received a letter
from  the  CPSC,  dated  October  28,  2021,  stating  that  the  CPSC  is  investigating  whether  BDEL  has  timely  complied  with  the  reporting  requirements  of
Section 15(b) of the Consumer Protection Safety Act and related regulations regarding certain models of avalanche transceivers switching unexpectedly out
of “send” mode.

Separately, on April 21, 2022, BDEL filed a Section 15(b) report and applied for Fast-Track consideration for a voluntary recall, consisting of free repair or
replacement of such malfunctioning models of avalanche transceivers, which would not switch from “send” mode to “search” mode due to an electronic
malfunction in the reed switch or foil. The CPSC approved the recall and entered into a

34

Table of Contents

Corrective Action Plan agreement with BDEL in August 2022. BDEL received a letter from the CPSC, dated January 17, 2023, stating that the CPSC is
investigating  whether  BDEL  has  timely  complied  with  the  reporting  requirements  of  Section  15(b)  of  the  Consumer  Protection  Safety Act  and  related
regulations  regarding  the  malfunction  in  the  reed  switch  or  foil  in  certain  models  of  avalanche  transceivers  switching  out  of  “search”  mode.  BDEL
responded to the CPSC’s investigation by letter dated March 31, 2023, accompanied with documents responsive to the CPSC’s requests. The CPSC asked
for further clarification and documents, and BDEL sent a responsive letter accompanied by additional documents on June 23, 2023. On September 6, 2023,
the CPSC requested further clarification and information regarding the reed switch issue, to which BDEL responded on October 6 and 13, 2023.

By letters dated October 12, 2023 and December 18, 2023, BDEL was notified by the CPSC that the agency staff had concluded we failed to timely meet
our  statutory  reporting  obligations  under  the  Consumer  Product  Safety Act  with  respect  to  certain  models  of  BDEL’s  avalanche  transceivers  switching
unexpectedly out of “send” mode and certain models of BDEL’s avalanche transceivers not switching from “send” mode into “search” mode, that we made
a  material  misrepresentation  in  a  report  to  the  CPSC,  and  that  the  agency  staff  intends  to  recommend  that  the  CPSC  impose  substantial  civil  monetary
penalties.

On November 20, 2023 and February 8, 2024, respectively, we submitted a comprehensive response disputing the CPSC’s findings and conclusions in the
October 12, 2023 and December 18, 2023 letters, including the amount of any potential penalties. The CPSC may ultimately disagree with our position and
the agency staff has recommended substantial civil monetary penalties which the Company intends to strongly contest and vigorously defend against. We
cannot assure on what terms this matter will be resolved. Any penalties imposed by the CPSC or other regulators, could be costly to us and could damage
our business and reputation as well as have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, stock price, consolidated financial position, results of
operations and/or cash flows.

ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES

Not applicable.

35

Table of Contents

PART II

ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF
EQUITY SECURITIES

Our common stock is listed for trading on NASDAQ Global Select Market under the trading symbol “CLAR”.

Performance Graph

Set forth below is a line graph comparing the yearly percentage change in the cumulative total stockholder return on our common stock to the cumulative
total return of the NASDAQ Global Select Market Composite and the Russell 2000 Index for the period commencing on December 31, 2018 and ending on
December  31,  2023  (the  “Measuring  Period”). The  graph  assumes  that  the  value  of  the  investment  in  our  common  stock  and  the  indexes  was  $100  on
December 31, 2018. The yearly change in cumulative total return is measured by dividing (1) the sum of (i) the cumulative amount of dividends for the
Measuring Period, assuming dividend reinvestment, and (ii) the change in share price between the beginning and end of the Measuring Period, by (2) the
share price at the beginning of the Measuring Period.

Historical stock price performance should not be relied on as indicative of future stock price performance.

Total Return Analysis

Clarus Corporation
The Russell 2000 Index
NASDAQ Global Select Market

Stockholders

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

2023

$
$
$

 100.00
 100.00
 100.00

$
$
$

 134.98
 123.72
 135.60

$
$
$

 154.29
 146.44
 193.97

$
$
$

 278.73
 166.50
 238.82

$
$
$

 79.84
 130.60
 160.92

$
$
$

 71.28
 150.31
 233.41

On March 4, 2024, the last reported sales price for our common stock was $5.80 per share. As of March 4, 2024, there were 70 holders of record of our
common stock.

36

Table of Contents

Dividends

On August 6, 2018, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved the initiation of a Quarterly Cash Dividend program of $0.025 per share
of the Company’s common stock or $0.10 per share on an annualized basis. In 2023, 2022 and 2021, our total Quarterly Cash Dividends were $3,750,000,
$3,721,000, and $3,335,000 respectively.

On March 5, 2024, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved the payment on March 18, 2024 of the Quarterly Cash Dividend to the
record holders of shares of the Company’s common stock as of the close of business on March 28, 2024.

The payment of any future Quarterly Cash Dividends will be at the discretion of our Board of Directors and will depend upon, among other things, our
results  of  operations,  capital  requirements,  general  business  conditions,  contractual  restrictions  on  payment  of  dividends,  if  any,  legal  and  regulatory
restrictions on the payment of dividends, and other factors our Board of Directors deems relevant.

Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

None.

Recent Purchases of our Registered Equity Securities

On  August  1,  2022,  the  Company  announced  that  its  Board  of  Directors  had  terminated  its  $30,000,000  share  repurchase  program,  which  still  had
$10,793,587 available. The program was replaced with a new stock repurchase program that allows the repurchase of up to $50,000,000 of the Company’s
outstanding common stock, which still had $42,829,217 available as of December 31, 2023. No repurchases of shares of the Company’s common stock
occurred during the three months ended December 31, 2023.

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans

The following table sets forth certain information regarding our equity plans as of December 31, 2023:

Plan Category
Equity compensation plans approved by security holders (1)

Total

(A)
Number of securities to
be issued upon exercise
of outstanding, warrants
and rights

(B)
Weighted-average exercise
price of outstanding
options, warrants and
rights

 4,856,347

 4,856,347

$

$

 18.45

 18.45

(C)
Number of securities
remaining available for
future issuance under
equity compensation
plans (excluding
securities reflected in
column (A))

 10,186,530

 10,186,530

(1) Consists of stock options and restricted stock awards issued and issuable under the 2005 Stock Incentive Plan and the 2015 Stock Incentive
Plan.  There  are  a  total  of  1,616,666  restricted  stock  awards  included  in  column  (A)  that  do  not  have  an  exercise  price.  Excluding  these
restricted stock awards, the weighted average exercise price of outstanding options, warrants and rights is $11.45.

ITEM 6. [RESERVED]

37

Table of Contents

ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

The  following  Management’s  Discussion  and Analysis  reviews  significant  factors  affecting  the  Company’s  consolidated  results  of  operations,  financial
condition and liquidity. This discussion should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and the accompanying notes to the financial statements.

Forward-Looking Statements

Please note that in this Annual Report on Form 10-K Clarus Corporation (which may be referred to as the “Company,” “Clarus,” “we,” “our” or “us”) may
use words such as “appears,” “anticipates,” “believes,” “plans,” “expects,” “intends,” “future,” and similar expressions which constitute forward-looking
statements within the meaning of the safe harbor provisions of the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995. Forward-looking statements are made
based  on  our  expectations  and  beliefs  concerning  future  events  impacting  the  Company  and  therefore  involve  a  number  of  risks  and  uncertainties. We
caution that forward-looking statements are not guarantees and that actual results could differ materially from those expressed or implied in the forward-
looking statements.

Potential  risks  and  uncertainties  that  could  cause  the  actual  results  of  operations  or  financial  condition  of  the  Company  to  differ  materially  from  those
expressed  or  implied  by  forward-looking  statements  in  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  include,  but  are  not  limited  to,  the  overall  level  of  consumer
demand  on  our  products;  general  economic  conditions  and  other  factors  affecting  consumer  confidence,  preferences,  and  behavior,  including,  without
limitation, the impact of inflation; disruption and volatility in the global currency, capital and credit markets; the financial strength of retail economies and
the Company’s customers; the Company’s ability to implement its business strategy; the ability of the Company to execute and integrate acquisitions; the
Company’s exposure to product liability or product warranty claims and other loss contingencies, including, without limitation, recalls and liability claims
relating to our avalanche beacon transceivers; disruptions and other impacts to the Company’s business, as a result of an outbreak of disease or similar
public health threat, such as the COVID 19 global pandemic, and government actions and restrictive measures implemented in response; stability of the
Company’s manufacturing facilities and suppliers, as well as consumer demand for our products, in light of disease epidemics and health-related concerns
such as the COVID 19 global pandemic; the impact that global climate change trends may have on the Company and its suppliers and customers, increased
focus  on  sustainability  issues  as  a  result  of  global  climate  change;  regulatory  or  market  responses  to  global  climate  change;  the  Company’s  ability  to
protect  patents,  trademarks  and  other  intellectual  property  rights;  any  breaches  of,  or  interruptions  in,  our  information  systems;  the  ability  of  our
information technology systems or information security systems to operate effectively, including as a result of security breaches, viruses, hackers, malware,
natural  disasters,  vendor  business  interruptions  or  other  causes;  our  ability  to  properly  maintain,  protect,  repair  or  upgrade  our  information  technology
systems or information security systems, or problems with our transitioning to upgraded or replacement systems; the impact of adverse publicity about the
Company and/or its brands and products, including without limitation, through social media or in connection with brand damaging events and/or public
perception;  the  potential  impact  of  the  Consumer  Products  Safety  Commission’s  investigation  related  to  the  Company’s  reporting  obligations  under  the
Consumer  Product  Safety  Act  in  connection  with  the  Company’s  recall  of  certain  models  of  its  avalanche  transceivers  on  our  business,  results  of
operations, and financial condition; fluctuations in the price, availability and quality of raw materials and contracted products as well as foreign currency
fluctuations; ongoing disruptions and delays in the shipping and transportation of our products due to port congestion, container ship availability and/or
other logistical challenges; the impact of political unrest, natural disasters or other crises, terrorist acts, acts of war and/or military operations; our ability to
utilize our net operating loss carryforwards; changes in tax laws and liabilities, tariffs, legal, regulatory, political and economic risks; the Company’s ability
to maintain a quarterly dividend; our ability to obtain additional capital and funding on acceptable terms to meet our financial obligations as well as to
support  our  business  operations  and    growth  strategy;  and  any  material  differences  in  the  actual  financial  results  of  the  Company’s  past  and  future
acquisitions, including the impact of acquisitions and any recognition of impairment or other charges relating to any such acquisitions on the Company’s
future earnings per share. More information on potential factors that could affect the Company’s financial results can be found under Item 1A. Risk Factors
of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. All forward-looking statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K are based upon information available to
the  Company  as  of  the  date  of  this Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K,  and  speak  only  as  the  date  hereof. We  assume  no  obligation  to  update  any  forward-
looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Overview

Headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah, Clarus is a global leading designer, developer, manufacturer and distributor of best-in-class outdoor equipment and
lifestyle products focused on the outdoor enthusiast markets. Each of our brands has a long history of continuous product innovation for core and everyday
users alike. The Company’s products are principally sold globally under the Black Diamond®,

38

Table of Contents

Rhino-Rack®,  MAXTRAX®,  and  TRED  Outdoors®  brand  names  through  outdoor  specialty  and  online  retailers,  our  own  websites,  distributors  and
original equipment manufacturers. Our portfolio of iconic brands is well-positioned for sustainable, long-term growth underpinned by powerful industry
trends across the outdoor and adventure sport end markets.

Our iconic brands are rooted in performance-defining technologies that enable our customers to have their best days outdoors. We have a long history of
technical innovation and product development, backed by an extensive patent portfolio that continues to evolve and advance our markets. We focus on
enhancing  our  customers’  performance  in  the  most  critical  moments.  Our  commitment  to  quality,  rigorous  safety,  and  ultimately  best-in-class  design  is
evidenced by outstanding industry recognition, as we have received numerous product awards across our portfolio of brands.

Each  of  our  brands  represents  a  unique  customer  value  proposition.  Supported  by  six  decades  of  proven  innovation,  Black  Diamond  is  an  established
global  leader  in  high-performance,  activity-based  climbing,  skiing,  and  technical  mountain  sports  equipment.  The  brand  is  synonymous  with  premium
performance,  safety  and  reliability.  Founded  in  1992,  our  Rhino-Rack  brand  is  a  globally-recognized  designer  and  distributor  of  highly-engineered
automotive roof racks and accessories to enhance the outdoor enthusiast’s overlanding experience. Founded in 2005, our MAXTRAX brand offers high-
quality  overlanding  and  off-road  vehicle  recovery  and  extraction  tracks  for  the  overland  and  off-road  market.  Similarly,  TRED,  founded  in  2012,  is  a
trusted brand for key retailers and distributors in the overlanding and off-road vehicle recovery market.

Clarus, incorporated in Delaware in 1991, acquired Black Diamond Equipment, Ltd. (“Black Diamond Equipment”) in May 2010 and changed its name to
Black Diamond, Inc. in January 2011. In October 2012, we acquired PIEPS Holding GmbH and its subsidiaries (collectively, “PIEPS”). On August 14,
2017,  the  Company  changed  its  name  from  Black  Diamond,  Inc.  to  Clarus  Corporation  and  its  stock  ticker  symbol  from  “BDE”  to  “CLAR”  on  the
NASDAQ stock exchange.

On  August  21,  2017,  the  Company  acquired  Sierra  Bullets,  L.L.C.  (“Sierra”).  On  November  6,  2018,  the  Company  acquired  the  assets  of
SKINourishment, Inc. (“SKINourishment”). On October 2, 2020, the Company completed the acquisition of certain assets and liabilities constituting the
Barnes business (“Barnes”). On July 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of Australia-based Rhino-Rack Holdings Pty Ltd (“Rhino-Rack”).
On December 1, 2021, the Company completed the acquisition of Australia-based MaxTrax Australia Pty Ltd (“MAXTRAX”). On October 9, 2023, the
Company completed the acquisition of Australia-based TRED Outdoors Pty Ltd. (“TRED”).

On February 29, 2024, the Company and Everest/Sapphire Acquisition, LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, completed the sale to Bullseye Acquisitions,
LLC,  an  affiliate  of  JDH  Capital  Company,  of  all  of  the  equity  associated  with  the  Company’s  Precision  Sport  segment,  which  is  comprised  of  the
Company’s subsidiaries Sierra and Barnes Bullets – Mona, LLC (“Barnes”), pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 29, 2023, by
and  among,  Bullseye Acquisitions,  LLC,  Everest/Sapphire Acquisition,  LLC  and  the  Company  (the  “Precision  Sport  Purchase Agreement”).  Under  the
terms of the Precision Sport Purchase Agreement, the Company received net proceeds of approximately $37,871,000 in cash, after payment of certain fees
and  settlement  of  the  Restated  Credit  Agreement,  for  all  of  the  equity  associated  with  the  Company’s  Precision  Sport  segment.  The  activities  of  the
Precision Sport segment have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented. See Note 3 to our consolidated financial
statements for financial information regarding discontinued operations.

On August 6, 2018, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved the initiation of a quarterly cash dividend program of $0.025 per share of
the Company’s common stock (the “Quarterly Cash Dividend”) or $0.10 per share on an annualized basis. The declaration and payment of future Quarterly
Cash  Dividends  is  subject  to  the  discretion  of  and  approval  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors.  In  2023,  2022  and  2021  our  total  Quarterly  Cash
Dividends were $3,750,000, $3,721,000, and $3,335,000, respectively. On March 5, 2024, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved
the payment on March 18, 2024 of the Quarterly Cash Dividend of $0.025 to the record holders of shares of the Company’s common stock as of the close
of business on March 28, 2024.

39

Table of Contents

Restructuring

Starting in 2023, the Company began incurring expenses to facilitate long-term sustainable growth through cost reduction actions, consisting of employee
reductions,  facility  rationalization  and  contract  termination  costs.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  incurred  $3,223,000  of
restructuring charges related to these actions. The Company accrues for restructuring costs when they are probable and reasonably estimable. These costs
include severance costs, exit costs, and other restructuring costs and are included in Restructuring charges in the consolidated statements of comprehensive
(loss)  income.  Severance  costs  primarily  consist  of  severance  benefits  through  payroll  continuation,  conditional  separation  costs  and  employer  tax
liabilities, while exit costs primarily consist of lease exit and contract termination costs. Other costs consist primarily of costs related to the discontinuance
of certain product lines and are distinguishable and directly attributable to the Company’s restructuring initiative and not a result of external market factors
associated with the ongoing business. We estimate that we will incur restructuring costs related to employee-related costs and facility exit costs during the
year  2024;  however,  the  Company  cannot  estimate  the  total  amount  expected  to  be  incurred  as  cost  reduction  actions  continue  to  be  evaluated.  The
Company anticipates completing these restructuring activities in 2024.

Impact of COVID-19

The global outbreak of COVID 19 was declared a pandemic by the World Health Organization and a national emergency by each of the U.S., European,
and Australian governments in March 2020, with governments worldwide implementing safety measures restricting travel and requiring citizen lockdowns
and  self-confinements  for  quarantining  purposes.  During  the  years  ended  December  31,  2020,  2021,  and  2022,  this  had  negatively  affected  the  U.S.,
European,  Australian  and  global  economies,  disrupted  global  supply  chains,  and  resulted  in  significant  transport  restrictions  and  disruption  of  global
financial markets.

An outbreak of disease or similar public health threat, such as the COVID 19 pandemic, could have, and in the case of the COVID 19 pandemic has had
and  may  continue  to  have,  a  significant  impact  on  the  global  supply  chain,  with  restrictions  and  limitations  on  related  activities  causing  disruption  and
delay, along with increased raw material, storage, and shipping costs. Any of these disruptions and delays may strain domestic and international supply
chains, which could negatively affect the flow or availability of certain critical raw materials and finished good products that the Company relies upon.
Furthermore, the foregoing impacts may significantly increase demand from online sales channels, including our website, and could impact our logistical
operations, including our fulfillment and shipping functions, which may result in periodic delays in the delivery of our products.

We  expect  that  an  outbreak  of  disease  or  similar  public  health  threat,  such  as  the  COVID  19  pandemic,  could  have,  and  in  the  case  of  the  COVID  19
pandemic may continue to have, an impact on the Company’s sales and profitability in future periods. The duration of these trends and the magnitude of
such impacts cannot be precisely estimated at this time, as they are affected by a number of factors (some of which are outside management’s control),
including those presented in Item 1A. Risk Factors.

Critical Accounting Policies and Use of Estimates

Management’s discussion of our financial condition and results of operations is based on the consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared
in accordance with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles (“GAAP”). The preparation of the consolidated financial statements requires us to make
estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements. Estimates also affect
the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. We continually evaluate our estimates and assumptions including those related
to  revenue  recognition,  income  taxes  and  valuation  of  long-lived  assets,  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets,  and  other  intangible  assets. We
base our estimates on historical experience and other assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ
from these estimates.

We believe the following critical accounting policies include the more significant estimates and assumptions used in the preparation of our consolidated
financial statements. Our accounting policies are more fully described in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

● Fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations – We allocate the purchase price of acquired companies to the tangible and intangible assets
acquired and liabilities assumed based on their estimated fair values. The excess of the purchase price over these fair values is recorded as goodwill.
We engage independent third-party valuation specialists to assist us in determining the fair values of certain assets acquired and liabilities assumed.
Such valuations require management to make significant estimates and

40

Table of Contents

assumptions,  especially  with  respect  to  intangible  assets.  Different  valuation  approaches  are  used  to  value  different  types  of  intangible  assets. The
income approach is a valuation technique that capitalizes anticipated income associated with the asset being valued. This approach is predicated on
developing net income and cash flow projections which are discounted for risk and the time value of money. This approach is generally the principal
approach to the valuation of most intangible assets. The market approach involves the compilation and analysis of recent acquisitions of similar assets
in the open market. A fair value can be estimated after adjustments are made to reflect comparability differences between the assets sold and those
being valued. This method of valuation applies primarily to the valuation of owned land, inventory, and certain intangible assets. The cost approach
estimates the amount that would be required to replace the service capacity of an asset (often referred to as current replacement cost). We typically
apply all three approaches to estimate the fair value of our tangible and intangible tangible assets depending on the type of asset acquired. Business
acquisitions may include contingent consideration payments based on various future financial measures, such as sales-based milestones, related to the
acquired  entity.  We  estimate  the  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  liabilities  based  on  estimated  sales  growth  rates,  discount  rates,  and  other
relevant factors.

Significant estimates in valuing certain intangible assets include, but are not limited to, the projected financial information related to each individual
asset,  particularly  forecasted  sales  growth  rates,  cash  flows,  market-based  royalty  rates  and  estimated  discount  rates.  Product  technology  and
trademarks are valued using the relief-from-royalty method, and customer relationships are valued using the multi-period excess earnings model. The
relief-from-royalty  method  is  used  to  estimate  the  cost  savings  that  accrue  to  the  owner  of  an  intangible  asset  who  would  otherwise  have  to  pay
royalties  or  license  fees  on  revenues  earned  through  the  use  of  the  asset. The  multi-period  excess  earnings  method  supposes  that  the  owner  of  the
intangible  asset  is  able  to  achieve  a  return  in  excess  of  that  received  without  the  intangible  asset  through  enhanced  revenues  or  cost  savings.  Our
discounted cash flow estimates use discount rates that correspond to a weighted-average cost of capital consistent with a market-participant view. The
discount  rates  are  consistent  with  those  used  for  investment  decisions  and  take  into  account  our  operating  plans  and  strategies.  Management’s
estimates  of  fair  value  are  based  upon  assumptions  believed  to  be  reasonable,  but  which  are  inherently  uncertain  and  unpredictable.  If  we  do  not
achieve the results reflected in the assumptions and estimates, our goodwill impairment evaluations could be adversely affected, and we may impair a
portion or all of our intangible assets, which would adversely affect our operating results in the period of impairment.

● Income taxes – We account for income taxes using the asset and liability method. The asset and liability method provides that deferred tax assets and
liabilities are recognized for the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the financial reporting and tax bases of assets and
liabilities, and for operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. We may make assumptions, judgments and estimates in order to determine the future
taxable income available to support the recoverability of deferred tax assets at a more-likely-than-not threshold. The sources of future taxable income
include 1) future reversal of existing taxable temporary differences, 2) taxable income in carryback years if carryback is permitted, 3) future taxable
income  from  future  operations,  and  4)  tax  planning  strategies.  The  degree  and  subjectivity  and  judgment  increases  as  the  source  of  future  taxable
income becomes more inherently subjective. Our assumptions, judgments and estimates relative to the realizability of a deferred tax asset take into
account predictions of the amount and category of expected future taxable income. Actual operating results and the underlying amount and category of
income in future years could cause our current assumptions, judgments and estimates of recoverable net deferred taxes to be inaccurate. Changes in
any  of  the  assumptions,  judgments  and  estimates  mentioned  above  related  to  the  realizability  of  deferred  tax  assets,  could  materially  affect  our
financial position and results of operations.

● Goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  –  We  assess  the  recoverability  of  our  reporting  units’  carrying  value  of  goodwill  by  performing  a
qualitative  assessment  and/or  a  quantitative  goodwill  impairment  test.  At  a  minimum,  we  perform  an  annual  assessment  of  possible  goodwill
impairment  as  of  December  31st  of  each  year.  Management  may  perform  an  interim  goodwill  impairment  assessment  whenever  events  or
circumstances make it more likely than not that an impairment may have occurred, such as a significant adverse change in the business climate or a
decision to sell or dispose of the reporting unit. If we begin with a qualitative assessment and are able to support the conclusion that it is not more
likely  than  not  that  the  fair  value  of  the  reporting  unit  is  less  than  its  carrying  value,  we  are  not  required  to  perform  the  quantitative  goodwill
impairment test. Otherwise, we are required to perform the quantitative goodwill impairment test which compares the reporting unit’s carrying value
including  goodwill  to  its  estimated  fair  value. We  estimate  the  reporting  units’  fair  value  using  a  combination  of  the  income  approach  based  upon
projected  discounted  cash  flows  of  the  reporting  unit  and  the  market  approach  based  upon  the  market  multiple  of  comparable  publicly  traded
companies.  If  the  estimated  fair  value  of  the  reporting  entity  exceeds  the  carrying  value,  the  goodwill  is  not  impaired,  and  no  further  review  is
required. However, if the carrying value exceeds the estimated fair value of the reporting unit, an impairment expense should be recognized for the
excess of the carrying value over the fair value.

41

Table of Contents

Under the income approach, the estimated discounted cash flows are based on the best information available to us at the time, including supportable
assumptions and projections we believe are reasonable. Our discounted cash flow estimates use discount rates that correspond to a weighted-average
cost  of  capital  consistent  with  a  market-participant  view.  The  discount  rates  are  consistent  with  those  used  for  investment  decisions  and  take  into
account our future operating plans and strategies. Certain other key assumptions utilized, including revenue and cash flow projections, are based on
estimates consistent with those utilized in our annual budgeting and planning process that we believe are reasonable. However, if we do not achieve
the results reflected in the assumptions and estimates, our goodwill impairment evaluations could be adversely affected, and we may impair a portion
or all of our goodwill, which would adversely affect our operating results in the period of impairment.

The  market  approach  identifies  the  EBITDA  multiples  of  comparable  publicly  traded  companies.  The  reporting  unit’s  EBITDA  projections  are
multiplied  by  the  market  multiple  to  estimate  its  current  estimated  fair  value.  Key  assumptions  utilized  in  estimating  the  reporting  unit’s  EBITDA
include revenue and cash flow projections. If the market multiples or EBITDA value assumptions are incorrect, our goodwill impairment evaluation
could also be adversely affected, and we may impair a portion or all of our goodwill, which would adversely affect our operating results in the period
of impairment.

We  also  test  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  for  impairment  annually  during  the  fourth  quarter,  generally  as  of  December  31st  of  each  year.
Management may perform an interim indefinite-lived intangible asset impairment assessment whenever events or circumstances make it more likely
than not that an impairment may have occurred, such as a significant adverse change in the business climate or a decision to sell or dispose of the
reporting unit. If the carrying value of the indefinite-lived asset is higher than its fair value, then the asset is deemed to be impaired and the impairment
charge  is  estimated  as  the  difference.  The  Company  calculates  the  fair  value  of  its  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  using  the  income  approach,
specifically  the  relief-from-royalty  method.  The  relief-from-royalty  method  is  used  to  estimate  the  cost  savings  that  accrue  to  the  owner  of  an
intangible  asset  who  would  otherwise  have  to  pay  royalties  or  license  fees  on  revenues  earned  through  the  use  of  the  asset.  Internally  forecasted
revenues,  which  the  Company  believes  reasonably  approximate  market  participant  assumptions,  are  multiplied  by  a  royalty  rate  to  arrive  at  the
estimated  net  after  tax  cost  savings.  The  royalty  rate  used  in  the  analysis  is  based  on  an  analysis  of  empirical,  market-derived  royalty  rates  for
comparable intangible assets. The net after tax cost savings are discounted using the same weighted-average cost of capital discount rate developed for
purposes of the Company’s quantitative goodwill impairment test. The key uncertainties in these calculations are the assumptions used in determining
the  revenue  associated  with  each  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset  and  the  royalty  rate.  If  we  do  not  achieve  the  results  reflected  in  the  market
assumptions  and  forecasted  estimates,  our  indefinite-lived  intangibles  impairment  evaluations  could  be  adversely  affected,  and  we  may  impair  a
portion or all of their carrying values, which would adversely affect our operating results in the period of impairment.

No  impairment  was  recorded  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2021.  During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  we  recorded
$92,311,000 of impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, specific to the Adventure reporting unit and the Rhino-Rack trademark.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

See “Recent Accounting Pronouncements” in Note 1 of our consolidated financial statements.

42

Table of Contents

Results of Operations (In Thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2022

The following presents a discussion of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023, compared with the year ended December 31, 2022:

Sales

Domestic sales
International sales

Total sales

Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative
Restructuring charges
Transaction costs
Contingent consideration (benefit) expense
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other income (expense)
Interest income, net
Other, net

Total other income (expense), net

Loss before income tax
Income tax benefit
Loss from continuing operations

Discontinued operations, net of tax

Net loss

Sales

$

Year Ended December 31,
2022
2023

$

 112,385
 173,635
 286,020

 188,509
 97,511

 116,367
 3,223
 593
 (1,565)
 -

 118,618

 132,818
 182,433
 315,251

 205,298
 109,953

 120,814
 -
 2,818
 493
 92,311

 216,436

 (21,107)

 (106,483)

 67
 961

 1,028

 (20,079)
 (4,291)
 (15,788)

 5,642

 -
 (1,035)

 (1,035)

 (107,518)
 (14,716)
 (92,802)

 23,022

$

 (10,146)

$

 (69,780)

Total  sales  decreased  $29,231,  or  9.3%,  to  $286,020  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  sales  of  $315,251  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022. The decrease in sales was primarily attributable to a decrease in sales at the Outdoor and Adventure segments of $18,292 and $10,939,
respectively.

Sales in the Adventure and Outdoor segments were reduced by $2,786 and $1,561, respectively, due to foreign exchange impacts from the strengthening of
the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the prior period. Sales in the Outdoor segment decreased
due to continued weakness at key North American retail accounts, compounded by weakness

43

    
Table of Contents

in the European market. This weakness was partially offset by growth in the direct-to-consumer channel. Sales in the Adventure segment decreased due to
lower demand from our wholesale partners in both Australia and the United States.

Domestic  sales  decreased  $20,433,  or  15.4%,  to  $112,385  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  domestic  sales  of  $132,818  during
the  year  ended  December  31,  2022.  The  decrease  in  sales  was  primarily  attributable  to  a  decrease  in  sales  at  the Adventure  and  Outdoor  segments  of
$11,160 and $9,273, respectively.

International sales decreased $8,798, or 4.8%, to $173,635 during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to international sales of $182,433 during
the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in sales was primarily attributable to a decrease in sales at the Outdoor segment of $9,019, partially offset
by an increase in sales at the Adventure segment of $221.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold decreased $16,789, or 8.2%, to $188,509 during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to cost of goods sold of $205,298 during
the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in cost of goods sold was primarily attributable to a decrease in the number of units sold during the year
ended December 31, 2023.

Gross Profit

Gross profit decreased $12,442, or 11.3%, to $97,511 during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to gross profit of $109,953 during the year
ended  December  31,  2022.  Gross  margin  was  34.1%  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  a  gross  margin  of  34.9%  during  the  year
ended December 31, 2022. Gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2023, decreased compared to the prior year due to promotional pricing and
increases  of  $4,208  in  inventory  reserves  at  the  Outdoor  segment,  as  well  as  unfavorable  foreign  currency  exchange  movement.  These  decreases  were
partially offset by favorable variances, primarily related to easing freight costs, at both the Outdoor and Adventure segments.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling,  general,  and  administrative  expenses  decreased  $4,447,  or  3.7%,  to  $116,367  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  selling,
general and administrative expenses of $120,814 during the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in selling, general and administrative expenses is
primarily due to a decrease in stock compensation of $6,057 during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the prior year. The decrease was also
driven by expense reduction initiatives to offset challenging market conditions, lower intangible amortization expense, and lower sales commissions due to
decreased revenue. The decrease was partially offset by higher investment in e-com initiatives in the Outdoor segment and higher legal costs.

Restructuring Charges

Restructuring  charges  increased  to  $3,223  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  restructuring  charges  of  $0  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022. The restructuring charges incurred during the year ended December 31, 2023 relate to benefits provided to employees who were or
will be terminated due to the Company’s reduction-in-force as part of its continued realignment of resources within the organization of $1,328, lease exit
and contract termination costs of $1,125, and other restructuring costs of $770.

Transaction Costs

Transaction  expense  decreased  to  $593  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  transaction  costs  of  $2,818  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022. The 2023 transaction costs primarily related to the TRED Outdoor acquisition and other expenses related to the Company’s various
acquisition efforts.

Contingent Consideration (Benefit) Expense

Contingent  consideration  benefit  was  $1,565  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  a  $493  contingent  consideration  expense  during
the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  which  consisted  of  changes  in  estimated  fair  value  of  contingent  consideration  liabilities  associated  with  our
acquisition of MAXTRAX in 2021.

44

Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Impairment  of  goodwill  and  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  decreased  to  $0  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  impairment  of
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of $92,311 during the year ended December 31, 2022. Based on the results of the Company’s impairment
analysis completed as of December 31, 2022, the Company determined that goodwill at the Adventure reporting unit and certain indefinite-lived intangible
assets,  specifically  the  Rhino-Rack  trademark,  were  impaired  and  recognized  a  charge  of  $52,071  and  $40,240,  respectively,  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022.

Interest Income, net

Interest  income,  net  increased  to  $67  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  interest  income,  net  of  $0  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2022.

Other, net

Other, net changed by $1,996, or 192.9%, to $961 during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to other, net of ($1,035) during the year ended
December  31,  2022.  The  change  in  other,  net  was  primarily  attributable  to  an  increase  in  remeasurement  gains  recognized  on  the  Company’s  foreign
denominated  accounts  receivable  and  accounts  payable,  partially  offset  by  changes  in  mark-to-market  adjustments  on  non-hedged  foreign  currency
contracts during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Income Taxes

Income  tax  benefit  decreased  $10,425,  or  70.8%,  to  $4,291  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  an  income  tax  benefit  of  $14,716
during the same period in 2022. Our effective income tax rate was a benefit of 21.4% for the year ended December 31, 2023, and differed compared to the
statutory tax rates primarily due to the impact of officer compensation limitations, partially offset by the impact of tax credits, and permanent book to tax
differences related to incentive stock options. Our effective income tax rate was a benefit of 13.7% for the year ended December 31, 2022, and differed
compared to the statutory tax rates due to the impact of impairment of goodwill as well as officer compensation limitations, partially offset by the impact of
foreign earnings taxed at applicable statutory rates, tax credits, and permanent book to tax differences related to incentive stock options.

Discontinued Operations

Net  income  from  discontinued  operations  decreased  $17,380,  to  $5,642  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  compared  to  net  income  from
discontinued operations of $23,022 during the year ended December 31, 2022. The decrease in net income from discontinued operations was primarily
attributable to a decrease in sales and gross profit at the Precision Sport segment of $20,493, the recording of transaction costs of $2,013 related to the sale
of the Precision Sport segment, and an increase in interest expense of $3,542 due to an increase in interest rates during the period compared to the prior
year.  These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  lower  amortization,  lower  sales  commissions,  and  reductions  across  selling,  general  and  administrative
expense at the Precision Sport segment.

45

Table of Contents

Year Ended December 31, 2022 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2021

The following presents the Company’s results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared with the year ended December 31, 2021:

Sales

Domestic sales
International sales

Total sales

Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative
Transaction costs
Contingent consideration expense (benefit)
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other expense

Interest expense, net
Other, net

Total other expense, net

Loss before income tax
Income tax benefit
Loss from continuing operations

Discontinued operations, net of tax

Net (loss) income

Sales

$

Year Ended December 31,
2021
2022

$

 132,818
 182,433
 315,251

 205,298
 109,953

 120,814
 2,818
 493
 92,311

 216,436

 124,819
 141,152
 265,971

 178,097
 87,874

 90,660
 11,520
 (1,605)
 -

 100,575

 (106,483)

 (12,701)

 -
 (1,035)

 (1,035)

 (107,518)
 (14,716)
 (92,802)

 23,022

$

 (69,780)

$

 (17)
 (4,393)

 (4,410)

 (17,111)
 (19,234)
 2,123

 23,970

 26,093

Total  sales  increased  $49,280,  or  18.5%,  to  $315,251  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  sales  of  $265,971  during  the  year  ended
December 31, 2021. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in sales at the Adventure and Outdoor segments of $47,767 and $1,513,
respectively.

Sales  increases  in  the  Outdoor  and  Adventure  segments  were  partially  offset  by  a  decrease  in  sales  of  $6,613  and  $2,328,  respectively,  due  to  the
strengthening of the U.S. dollar against foreign currencies during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the prior period. The increase at the
Adventure segment is due to the full year ownership of Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the partial
year of ownership in the prior period.

46

Table of Contents

Domestic sales increased $7,999, or 6.4%, to $132,818 during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to domestic sales of $124,819 during the year
ended December 31, 2021. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in sales at the Adventure segment of $12,470. The increase at the
Adventure segment is due to the full year ownership of Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the partial
year of ownership in the prior period. This increase was partially offset by a decrease in sales at the Outdoor segment of $4,471.

International sales increased $41,281, or 29.2%, to $182,433 during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to international sales of $141,152 during
the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in sales was primarily attributable to an increase in sales at Adventure and Outdoor segments of $35,297
and $5,984, respectively. The increase at the Adventure segment is due to the full year ownership of Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX during the year ended
December 31, 2022, compared to the partial year of ownership in the prior period.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost  of  goods  sold  increased  $27,201,  or  15.3%,  to  $205,298  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  cost  of  goods  sold  of  $178,097
during the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in cost of goods sold was primarily attributable to an increase in the number of units sold and a full
year of ownership of Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Gross Profit

Gross profit increased $22,079, or 25.1%, to $109,953 during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to gross profit of $87,874 during the year
ended  December  31,  2021.  Gross  margin  was  34.9%  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  a  gross  margin  of  33.0%  during  the  year
ended December 31, 2021. Gross margin during the year ended December 31, 2022, increased compared to the prior year as gross margin was negatively
impacted by $4,408 due to the sale of Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX inventory that was recorded at its fair value in purchase accounting during the year
ended December 31, 2021. The 2022 increase was partially offset by the $269 MAXTRAX fair value inventory charge due to purchase accounting during
the year ended December 31, 2022, as well as unfavorable foreign exchange impacts due to a strong U.S. dollar against foreign currencies and abnormally
high freight costs.

Selling, General and Administrative

Selling, general, and administrative expenses increased $30,154, or 33.3%, to $120,814 during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to selling,
general and administrative expenses of $90,660 during the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in selling, general and administrative expenses is
primarily due to the inclusion of Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX for the full year in 2022, which included incremental expenditure of $16,634 and $4,526 in
2022 for Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX, respectively. Additionally, the Company incurred higher Corporate costs of $3,920 primarily related to increased
payroll and stock compensation during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the prior year. The remaining increase was primarily attributable to
the Company’s investments in retail and direct-to-consumer initiatives at the Outdoor segment.

Transaction Costs

Transaction  expense  decreased  to  $2,818  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  transaction  costs  of  $11,520  during  the  year  ended
December  31,  2021,  which  consisted  of  expenses  related  to  the  Company’s  various  acquisition  efforts. The  decrease  in  transaction  costs  was  primarily
attributable to transaction costs incurred during the year ended December 31, 2021 related to the acquisition of Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX that did not
recur during the same period in 2022.

Contingent Consideration Expense (Benefit)

Contingent consideration expense was $493 during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to a $1,605 contingent consideration benefit during the
year ended December 31, 2021, which consisted of changes in estimated fair value of contingent consideration liabilities associated with our acquisition of
Rhino-Rack and MAXTRAX in 2021.

47

Table of Contents

Impairment of Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets increased to $92,311 during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to impairment of
goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets of $0 during the year ended December 31, 2021. Based on the results of the Company’s impairment analysis
completed as of December 31, 2022, the Company determined that goodwill at the Adventure reporting unit and certain indefinite-lived intangible assets,
specifically the Rhino-Rack trademark, were impaired and recognized a charge of $52,071 and $40,240, respectively, during the year ended December 31,
2022.

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense, net decreased to $0 during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to interest expense, net of $17 during the year ended December
31, 2021.

Other, net

Other, net changed by $3,358, or 76.4%, to ($1,035) during the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to other, net of ($4,393) during the year ended
December  31,  2021.  The  change  in  other,  net  was  primarily  attributable  to  losses  from  non-hedged  foreign  currency  contracts  during  the  year  ended
December  31,  2021,  not  repeating  in  the  current  period.  The  decrease  was  partially  offset  by  an  increase  in  remeasurement  losses  recognized  on  the
Company’s foreign denominated accounts receivable and accounts payable.  

Income Taxes

Income  tax  benefit  decreased  $4,518,  or  23.5%,  to  $14,716  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  an  income  tax  benefit  of  $19,234
during the same period in 2021. Our effective income tax rate was a benefit of 13.7% for the year ended December 31, 2022, and differed compared to the
statutory  tax  rates  primarily  due  to  the  impact  of  impairment  of  goodwill  as  well  as  officer  compensation  limitations,  partially  offset  by  the  impact  of
foreign  earnings  taxed  at  applicable  statutory  rates,  tax  credits,  and  permanent  book  to  tax  differences  related  to  incentive  stock  options.  Our  effective
income tax rate was a benefit of 112.4% for the year ended December 31, 2021, and differed compared to the statutory tax rates due to the partial release of
a valuation allowance offsetting deferred tax assets and discrete charges recorded during the period. This release of the valuation allowance is primarily
due to a change in accounting method which increased taxable income and the ability to utilize NOLs. Factors that could cause our annual effective tax rate
to differ materially from our quarterly effective tax rates include changes in the geographic mix of taxable income and discrete events that may occur.

Discontinued Operations

Net  income  from  discontinued  operations  decreased  $948,  to  $23,022  during  the  year  ended  December  31,  2022,  compared  to  net  income  from
discontinued operations of $23,970 during the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease in net income from discontinued operations was primarily
attributable to an increase in interest expense of $4,973 due to an increase in the average outstanding debt amounts, higher interest rates, and the recording
of certain debt issuance costs during the period compared to the prior year and a net decrease in the direct results of the Precision Sport segment. This
decrease was partially offset by an increase in sales and gross profit at the Precision Sport segment of $4,405.

Liquidity and Capital Resources (In Thousands)

Year Ended December 31, 2023 Compared to Year Ended December 31, 2022

Our primary ongoing funding requirements are for working capital, expansion of our operations (both organically and through acquisitions) and general
corporate needs, as well as investing in the various brands. We plan to fund these activities through a combination of our future operating cash flows and
net proceeds from the sale of our Precision Sport segment. Subsequent to year end and upon the closing of the sale of the Precision Sport segment, the
Company terminated and settled all outstanding borrowings on our revolving credit facility and term debt under the Restated Credit Agreement. We believe
that our liquidity requirements and contractual obligations for at least the next 12 months will be adequately covered by cash provided by operations and
the net proceeds from the sale of the Precision Sport segment after the settlement of the Restated Credit Agreement. Additionally, long-term contractual
obligations are also currently expected to be funded from cash from operations and net proceeds from the sale of the Precision Sport segment after

48

Table of Contents

the  settlement  of  the  Restated  Credit  Agreement.  For  additional  information  regarding  the  Company’s  credit  facilities,  see  the  section  titled  “Credit
Agreement” below.

At  December  31,  2023,  we  had  total  cash  of  $11,324,  compared  to  cash  of  $12,061  at  December  31,  2022. At  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  had
$7,415 of the $11,324 in cash held by foreign entities, of which $4,950 is considered permanently reinvested.

The following presents a discussion of cash flows for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared with the year ended December 31, 2022.

Net cash provided by operating activities
Net cash used in investing activities
Net cash used in financing activities
Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash
Change in cash
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, end of period

Net Cash From Operating Activities

Year Ended December 31,
2022
2023

$

$

 31,924
 (11,416)
 (20,255)
 (990)
 (737)
 12,061
 11,324

$

$

 14,610
 (7,751)
 (13,858)
 (405)
 (7,404)
 19,465
 12,061

Net cash provided by operating activities was $31,924 during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to net cash provided by operating activities of
$14,610 during the year ended December 31, 2022. The change in net cash provided by operating activities during 2023 is primarily due to a decrease in
cash outflows related to working capital of $56,604, partially offset by a decrease in stock compensation and amortization of other intangible assets, and an
increase in contingent consideration benefit during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the same period in 2022.

Free cash flow, defined as net cash provided by operating activities less capital expenditures, of $26,207 was generated during the year ended December
31,  2023  compared  to  $6,360  of  free  cash  flow  during  the  same  period  in  2022.  The  Company  believes  that  the  non-GAAP  measure,  free  cash  flow,
provides  an  understanding  of  the  capital  required  by  the  Company  to  expand  its  asset  base. A  reconciliation  of  free  cash  flows  to  comparable  GAAP
financial measures is set forth below:

Net cash provided by operating activities
Purchase of property and equipment
Free cash flow

Net Cash From Investing Activities

Year Ended December 31,
2022
2023

$

$

 31,924
 (5,717)
 26,207

$

$

 14,610
 (8,250)
 6,360

Net cash used in investing activities was $11,416 during the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to net cash used in investing activities of $7,751
during the year ended December 31, 2021. The increase in cash used during the year ended December 31, 2023 is due to the acquisition of Tred, partially
offset by a decrease in purchases of property and equipment during the year ended December 31, 2023.

Net Cash From Financing Activities

Net cash used in financing activities was $20,255 during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to net cash used in financing activities of $13,858
during the year ended December 31, 2022. The increase in cash used during the year ended December 31, 2023, compared to the same period in 2022 was
primarily due to a decrease in net proceeds from the revolving line of credit and term loan, partially offset by a decrease in purchases of treasury stock.

49

Table of Contents

Net Operating Loss

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and research and experimentation credit for U.S. federal income
tax purposes of $7,699 and $2,997, respectively. The Company believes its U.S. Federal NOLs will substantially offset its future U.S. Federal income taxes
until expiration. The majority of the Company’s pre-tax income is currently earned and expected to be earned in the U.S., or taxed in the U.S. as Subpart F
income and will be offset with the NOLs. The Company has $7,669 of NOLs, none of which will expire until December 31, 2027. These NOLs are subject
to compliance with Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

As of December 31, 2023, the Company’s gross deferred tax asset was $39,893. The Company has recorded a valuation allowance of $714, resulting in a
net deferred tax asset of $39,719, before deferred tax liabilities of $34,434. The Company has provided a valuation allowance against a portion of the net
deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023, because the ultimate realization of those assets does not meet the more-likely-than-not criteria. The majority
of the Company’s deferred tax assets consist of net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax purposes. If a change in control were to occur, these could
be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Code”), as amended.

Credit Agreement

As of December 31, 2023, the Company had drawn approximately $10,375 on the revolving loan commitment at December 31, 2023 and $109,375 was
outstanding  under  the  term  loan  commitment. As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  interest  rates  on  the  revolving  loan  and  term  loan  commitments  ranged
between approximately 7.7% and 9.8%. Subsequent to year end and upon the closing of the sale of the Precision Sport segment, the Company terminated
and settled all outstanding borrowings on our revolving credit facility and term debt under the Restated Credit Agreement.

On  April  18,  2022  (the  “Effective  Date”),  the  Company,  Black  Diamond  Retail,  Inc.,  Black  Diamond  Retail  –  Alaska,  LLC,  Sierra  Bullets,  L.L.C.,
SKINourishment, LLC, Black Diamond Retail – Colorado, LLC, Black Diamond Retail – Montana, LLC, Black Diamond Retail – Wyoming, LLC, Barnes
Bullets-Mona, LLC, Black Diamond Retail – Oregon, LLC, Black Diamond Retail – Vermont, LLC (collectively with the Company, the “Borrowers”) and
the other loan parties party thereto (together with the Borrowers, each a “Loan Party”, and collectively, the “Loan Parties”) entered into an Amended and
Restated  Credit Agreement  with  JPMorgan  Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent  (the  “Administrative Agent”)  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (the
“Restated  Credit Agreement”)  pursuant  to  which  the  existing  Credit Agreement,  dated  as  of  May  3,  2019  (as  amended  prior  to  the  Effective  Date,  the
“Existing Credit Agreement”) by and among the Company, the lenders and loan parties from time to time party thereto and the Administrative Agent was
amended and restated in its entirety. Each of the Loan Parties, other than the Company, is a direct or indirect subsidiary of the Company.

The Restated Credit Agreement provides for borrowings of up to $300,000 under a secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Loans”) (including up
to $5,000 for letters of credit), and borrowings of up to $125,000 under a secured term loan facility (the “Term Loans”). The Restated Credit Agreement
also permits the Borrowers, subject to certain requirements, to arrange with lenders for an aggregate of up to $175,000 of additional revolving and/or term
loan  commitments  (both  of  which  are  currently  uncommitted),  for  potential  aggregate  revolving  and  term  loan  commitments  under  the  Restated  Credit
Agreement of up to $600,000. The proceeds of loans made under the Restated Credit Agreement may be used for working capital and general corporate
purposes, including acquisitions permitted under the Restated Credit Agreement. The Restated Credit Agreement matures on April 18, 2027 (the “Maturity
Date”),  at  which  time  the  revolving  commitments  thereunder  will  terminate  and  all  outstanding  Revolving  Loans  and  Term  Loans,  together  with  all
accrued and unpaid interest thereon, must be repaid.

The Term Loans were fully drawn on the Effective Date and cannot be reborrowed. The Restated Credit Agreement provides for quarterly amortization
payments  of  the  Term  Loans  on  the  last  business  day  of  each  March,  June,  September  and  December,  commencing  on  June  30,  2022.  Through  and
including the payment due on March 31, 2023, the scheduled amortization payment is $1,563 per quarter, and each scheduled amortization payment due
thereafter through the Maturity Date is $3,125 per quarter.

50

Table of Contents

The Borrowers may elect to have the Revolving Loans and Term Loans under the Restated Credit Agreement bear interest at an applicable rate plus either:

(i)

in the case of alternate base rate borrowings, a rate per annum generally equal to the greatest of:

the prime rate in effect on such day;

(a)
(b) 0.50% plus the greater of the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s effective federal funds rate or the Federal Reserve Bank of New York’s

overnight bank funding rate in effect on such day; and

(c) 1.00% plus the adjusted term SOFR rate for a 1-month interest period;

provided that, in certain circumstances where the alternate base rate is being used as an alternate rate of interest, the alternate base rate shall be determined
only according to (a) and (b), and shall be subject to a 1.00% floor; or

(ii) in the case of term benchmark borrowings, a rate per annum as follows:

(a)

for borrowings denominated in U.S. Dollars, the term SOFR rate (based on one, three or six-month interest periods) plus 0.10%, subject to a
0.00% floor; or

(b) for borrowings denominated in a Foreign Currency, the applicable rate for such Foreign Currency set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement.

The applicable rate for these borrowings will range from 0.50% to 1.625% per annum, in the case of alternate base rate borrowings, and 1.50% to 2.625%
per annum, in the case of term benchmark borrowings. The applicable rate was initially 0.875% per annum, in the case of alternate base rate borrowings,
and 1.875% per annum, in the case of term benchmark borrowings, however, these initial applicable rates may be adjusted from time to time based upon
the level of the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio, which is more fully discussed in the Restated Credit Agreement. If one or more of the above
interest rates are not determinable, or under certain other circumstances set forth in the Restated Credit Agreement, a substitute or alternative interest rate
may apply under the Restated Credit Agreement.

The  Restated  Credit Agreement  also  requires  the  Borrowers  to  pay  a  commitment  fee  on  the  unused  portion  of  the  revolving  loan  commitments.  Such
commitment fee will range between 0.15% and 0.30% per annum, and is also based upon the level of the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio,
which is more fully discussed in the Restated Credit Agreement. The Company is also obligated to pay other customary closing fees, arrangement fees,
administration fees and letter of credit fees for a credit facility of this size and type.

The  Restated  Credit  Agreement  contains  customary  affirmative  and  negative  covenants,  including  limitations  on  the  ability  of  the  Company  and  its
subsidiaries  to  perform  the  following,  subject  to  certain  customary  exceptions,  qualifications  and  “baskets”:  (i)  incur  additional  debt;  (ii)  create  liens;
(iii) engage in mergers, consolidations, certain divisions, liquidations or dissolutions other than in certain permitted instances as described in the Restated
Credit Agreement; (iv) substantially change the business conducted by the Company and its subsidiaries; (v) make certain investments, loans, advances,
guarantees and acquisitions other than in certain permitted instances as described in the Restated Credit Agreement; (vi) sell assets; (vii) pay dividends or
make distributions or other restricted payments if certain conditions in the Restated Credit Agreement are not fulfilled; (viii) prepay other indebtedness;
(ix) engage in certain transactions with affiliates; (x) enter into agreements that restrict dividends from subsidiaries or the ability of subsidiaries to grant
liens upon their assets; (xi) amend certain charter documents and material agreements governing subordinated indebtedness; (xii) permit the consolidated
total leverage ratio, which is to be determined for each quarter end on a trailing twelve month basis, from exceeding a limit of 3.75 to 1, provided, that,
subject  to  certain  terms  and  conditions  set  forth  in  the  Restated  Credit Agreement,  so  long  as  no  Event  of  Default  (as  defined  in  the  Restated  Credit
Agreement) exists at such time or would result therefrom, the Company may elect to increase the maximum consolidated total leverage ratio permitted
under the Restated Credit Agreement to 4.25:1.00 for a period of four consecutive fiscal quarters in connection with any acquisition permitted under the
Restated  Credit Agreement  for  which  the  aggregate  consideration  is  greater  than  or  equal  to  $60,000;  and  (xiii)  permit  the  consolidated  fixed  charge
coverage ratio, which is to be determined for each quarter end on a trailing twelve month basis, to be less than 1.25 to 1.

The Restated Credit Agreement also contains customary events of default, including, but not limited to: (i) failure to pay amounts due under the Restated
Credit Agreement; (ii) materially incorrect representations and warranties; (iii) failure to comply with covenants; (iv) change of control; and (v) default
under other indebtedness aggregating at least $3,000.

51

Table of Contents

The  obligations  of  each  Loan  Party  under  the  Restated  Credit Agreement  are  guaranteed  by  each  other  Loan  Party. All  obligations  under  the  Restated
Credit Agreement, and the guarantees of those obligations (as well as banking services obligations and certain swap agreements), are secured by pledges
and  liens  on  100%  of  the  equity  interests  of  domestic  subsidiaries,  either  100%  or  65%  of  the  equity  interests  of  certain  foreign  subsidiaries,  and  the
accounts  receivable,  inventory,  intellectual  property  and  certain  real  property  or  other  assets  of  the  Loan  Parties  pursuant  to  (i)  a  Pledge  and  Security
Agreement, dated as of May 3, 2019, by and among certain of the Loan Parties and the Administrative Agent (as amended from time to time prior to the
Effective Date, the “PSA”), (ii) a General Security Deed, dated as of August 30, 2021, by and among certain of the Loan Parties and the Administrative
Agent (the “Oscar GSD”), (iii) a General Security Deed, dated as of January 31, 2022, by and among certain of the Loan Parties and the Administrative
Agent (the “Simpson GSD”) or (iv) a mortgage or other applicable security agreement or instrument. Each of the PSA, the Oscar GSD and the Simpson
GSD was reaffirmed by the Loan Parties on the Effective Date pursuant to a Reaffirmation Agreement dated as of the Effective Date by and among the
Administrative Agent  and  the  Loan  Parties  pursuant  to  which  each  Loan  Party  ratified  and  reaffirmed  its  obligations  to  the  Lenders  in  connection  with
entering into the Restated Credit Agreement.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We do not engage in any transactions or have relationships or other arrangements with unconsolidated entities. These include special purpose and similar
entities or other off-balance sheet arrangements. We also do not engage in energy, weather or other commodity-based contracts.

ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

In general, we can be exposed to market risks including fluctuations in interest rates, foreign currency exchange rates and certain commodity prices that
can affect the cost of operating, investing, and financing under those conditions. The Company believes it has moderate exposure to these risks. We assess
market risk based on changes in interest rates, foreign currency rates, and commodity prices utilizing a sensitivity analysis that measures the potential loss
in earnings, fair values, and cash flows based on a hypothetical change in these rates and prices.

Interest Rate Risks

Our primary exposure to market risk is interest rate risk associated with our credit facility since the interest is indexed to market rates. We entered into our
current  credit  facility  on  April  18,  2022,  and  simultaneously  terminated  our  previous  credit  facility.  The  applicable  interest  rate  for  the  outstanding
borrowings under our credit facility as of December 31, 2023 ranged between approximately 7.7% and 9.8%. As of December 31, 2022, the interest rate
was approximately 6.3%. Amounts outstanding as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 were $119,750,000 and $138,360,000, respectively. Subsequent to year
end and upon the closing of the sale of the Precision Sport segment, the Company terminated and settled all outstanding borrowings on our revolving credit
facility and term debt under the Restated Credit Agreement.

Foreign Currency Risks

Our  consolidated  financial  statements  are  denominated  in,  and  our  principal  currency  is,  the  U.S.  dollar.  We  transact  business  predominantly  in  U.S.
dollars, Australian  dollars,  Euros  (EUR),  and  Canadian  dollars  ($CAD).  Given  the  current  geopolitical  environment  and  other  economic  uncertainties
worldwide, changes in these and other currencies in relation to the U.S. dollar will affect our sales and profitability and could result in exchange losses. For
the year ending December 31, 2023, approximately 54% of our sales from continuing operations were denominated in foreign currencies (compared to
53% of our sales from continuing operations in the prior year), the most significant of which were the Australian Dollar, Euro, Canadian Dollar, Norwegian
Kroner, and Swiss Franc. Our Australian Dollar denominated expenses associated with our Australian operations (which include business operations and
distribution facilities) provide a natural hedge for Australian Dollar denominated revenues.

The Company’s primary exchange rate risk management objective is to attempt to mitigate the uncertainty of anticipated cash flows attributable to changes
in foreign currency exchange rates. The Company primarily focuses on mitigating changes in cash flows resulting from sales denominated in currencies
other than the U.S. dollar. The Company manages this risk primarily by using currency forward and option contracts. As of December 31, 2023 and 2022,
we had entered into foreign currency forward contracts for Euros and Canadian dollars, which qualified as cash flow hedges. As of December 31, 2023 and
2022, the aggregate notional amounts of Euro contracts were EUR 20,612,000 and EUR 20,760,000, respectively, and the aggregate notional amounts of
Canadian dollar contracts were $CAD

52

Table of Contents

7,925,000 and $CAD 2,807,000, respectively. A hypothetical 10% change in foreign currency rates would not have a material effect on foreign currency
gains and losses related to the foreign currency derivatives or the net fair value of the Company’s foreign currency derivatives. Gains or losses on the fair
value of derivative contracts would generally be offset by gains and losses on the underlying hedged transaction. These offsetting gains and losses are not
reflected above. See Note 9 to our consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our foreign currency contracts.

Derivative Instruments

We  employ  a  variety  of  practices  to  manage  these  market  risks,  including  operating  and  financing  activities  and,  where  deemed  appropriate,  the  use  of
derivative instruments. Derivative instruments are used only for risk management purposes and not for speculation or trading. Derivatives are such that a
specific  debt  instrument,  contract,  or  anticipated  purchase  determines  the  amount,  maturity,  and  other  specifics  of  the  hedge.  If  a  derivative  contract  is
entered into, we either determine that it is an economic hedge or we designate the derivative as a cash flow or fair value hedge. We do not hold derivative
financial investments, derivative commodity investments, engage in foreign currency hedging or other transactions that expose us to material market risks.

53

Table of Contents

ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

CLARUS CORPORATION AND SUBSIDIARIES

Index to Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34)
Consolidated Balance Sheets - December 31, 2023 and 2022
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income - Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows - Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity - Years Ended December 31, 2023, 2022 and 2021
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Page
55
58
59
60
61
62

54

Table of Contents

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Clarus Corporation:

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We  have  audited  the  accompanying  consolidated  balance  sheets  of  Clarus  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (the  "Company")  as  of  December  31,  2023  and
2022, the related consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income, stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the three years in the period
ended  December  31,  2023,  and  the  related  notes  (collectively  referred  to  as  the  "financial  statements").  In  our  opinion,  the  financial  statements  present
fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, and the results of its operations and its cash flows
for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2023, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of
America.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued
by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated March 7, 2024, expressed an unqualified opinion on the
Company’s internal control over financial reporting.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial
statements  based  on  our  audits.  We  are  a  public  accounting  firm  registered  with  the  PCAOB  and  are  required  to  be  independent  with  respect  to  the
Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  the  financial  statements  are  free  of  material  misstatement,  whether  due  to  error  or  fraud.  Our  audits  included  performing
procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to
those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits
also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the
financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matters

The critical audit matters communicated below are matters arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that were communicated or
required  to  be  communicated  to  the  audit  committee  and  that  (1)  relate  to  accounts  or  disclosures  that  are  material  to  the  financial  statements  and  (2)
involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion
on  the  financial  statements,  taken  as  a  whole,  and  we  are  not,  by  communicating  the  critical  audit  matters  below,  providing  a  separate  opinion  on  the
critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

55

Table of Contents

Goodwill — Adventure reporting unit goodwill — Refer to Notes 1 and 6 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

The Company's evaluation of goodwill for impairment involves the comparison of the estimated fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying value. The
Company estimates the reporting unit’s fair value using a combination of the income approach, which uses projected discounted cash flows, and the market
approach, which uses earnings before interest, taxes, depreciation, and amortization (EBITDA) market multiples of comparable publicly traded companies.
The determination of the fair value using the income approach requires management to make significant estimates and assumptions related to revenue and
cash  flow  projections  and  discount  rates. The  determination  of  the  fair  value  using  the  market  approach  also  requires  management  to  make  significant
estimates and assumptions related to revenue and cash flow projections used to determine EBITDA as well as the market multiples of comparable publicly
traded  companies.  The  goodwill  balance  allocated  to  the  Adventure  reporting  unit  was  $39,320,000  as  of  December  31,  2023.  The  fair  value  of  the
reporting unit exceeded its carrying value and therefore, no impairment was recognized for the year ended December 31, 2023.

We  identified  the  valuation  of  the Adventure  reporting  unit  as  a  critical  audit  matter  because  of  the  significant  estimates  and  assumptions  management
made  to  determine  the  fair  value. The  audit  of  these  estimates  and  assumptions  required  a  high  degree  of  auditor  judgment  and  an  increased  extent  of
effort, including the need to involve our fair value specialists, when performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of management’s estimates
and assumptions related to revenue and cash flow projections, and the selection of EBITDA multiples and discount rate.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our audit procedures related to the revenue and cash flow projections (“projections”), and the selection of EBITDA multiples and discount rate for the
valuation of the Adventure reporting unit included the following, among others:

● We tested the effectiveness of internal controls over the goodwill impairment analysis, including those over revenue and cash flow projections, and the

selection of EBITDA multiples and discount rate.

● We evaluated the reasonableness of management’s projections by comparing the projections to:

– Historical revenues and cash flows.

–

–

Internal communications to management and the Board of Directors.

Projected information included in industry reports and certain of its peer companies.

● With the assistance of our fair value specialists, we evaluated the reasonableness of the valuation methodologies, EBITDA multiples and discount rate

by:

–

Testing the source information underlying the determination of the discount rate and the mathematical accuracy of the calculations.

– Developing a range of independent estimates and comparing those estimates to the discount rate selected by management.

–

Evaluating EBITDA multiples, including testing the underlying source information and mathematical accuracy of the calculations, and comparing
the multiples selected by management to its comparable publicly traded companies.

56

Table of Contents

Discontinued Operations — Refer to Notes 1 and 3 to the financial statements

Critical Audit Matter Description

On February 29, 2024, the Company completed the sale of the Precision Sport segment pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated December 29,
2023. Management determined that the planned sale met the criteria for the Precision Sport segment to be classified as held for sale and the results of its
operations are presented as discontinued operations for all periods presented in accordance with Accounting Standard Codification 205-20, Discontinued
Operations (“ASC 205-20”).

We identified the presentation and disclosure of the discontinued operations as a critical audit matter given the discontinued operations are material to the
financial statements and the significance of judgments made by management in its application of ASC 205-20, and the increased extent of auditor effort
and judgment required to assess management's identification, segregation, and presentation and disclosure related to the planned sale of the Precision Sport
segment.

How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit

Our  audit  procedures  performed  over  the  Company's  discontinued  operations  presentation  and  disclosure  related  to  the  planned  sale  of  the  Company’s
Precision Sport segment included the following, among others:

● We  tested  the  effectiveness  of  internal  controls  over  the  Company's  discontinued  operations  assessment  process,  including  controls  related  to

management's identification, segregation, and presentation and disclosure in the Company’s financial statements;

● We  obtained  and  evaluated  the  Company's  memorandum  that  documented  management's  presentation  and  disclosure  conclusions  with  respect  of

relevant accounting standards;

● We tested the classification of amounts included in discontinued operations by agreeing such amounts to the Company's historical accounting records.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah

March 7, 2024

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2018.

57

Table of Contents

Assets
Current assets

Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Income tax receivable
Assets held for sale

Total current assets

Property and equipment, net
Other intangible assets, net
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Goodwill
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term assets
Non-current assets held for sale
Total assets

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity
Current liabilities

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Income tax payable
Current portion of long-term debt
Liabilities held for sale
Total current liabilities

Long-term debt, net
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

CLARUS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

$

$

11,324
53,971
91,409
4,865
892
137,284
299,745

16,587
41,466
58,527
39,320
22,869
16,824
-
495,338

20,015
24,580
805
119,790
5,744
170,934

-
18,124
14,160
203,218

-

4
691,198
(350,739)
(32,929)
(15,414)
292,120
495,338

$

$

$

$

11,981
48,134
107,602
6,300
3,034
61,568
238,619

17,304
48,296
58,401
36,278
17,912
17,440
83,895
518,145

24,767
20,553
421
11,904
6,950
64,595

127,082
18,506
15,854
226,037

-

4
679,339
(336,843)
(32,707)
(17,685)
292,108
518,145

Stockholders’ Equity
Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 5,000 shares authorized; none issued
Common stock, $0.0001 par value per share; 100,000 shares authorized; 42,761 and 41,637 issued and
38,149 and 37,048 outstanding, respectively
Additional paid in capital
Accumulated deficit
Treasury stock, at cost
Accumulated other comprehensive loss

Total stockholders’ equity

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

58

CLARUS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE (LOSS) INCOME
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

Table of Contents

Sales

Domestic sales
International sales

Total sales

Cost of goods sold
Gross profit

Operating expenses

Selling, general and administrative
Restructuring charges
Transaction costs
Contingent consideration (benefit) expense
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets

Total operating expenses

Operating loss

Other income (expense)

Interest income (expense), net
Other, net

Total other income (expense), net

Loss before income tax
Income tax benefit
(Loss) income from continuing operations

Discontinued operations, net of tax

Net (loss) income

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax:

Foreign currency translation adjustment
Unrealized (loss) gain on hedging activities

Other comprehensive income (loss)

Comprehensive (loss) income

(Loss) income from continuing operations per share:

Basic
Diluted

Net (loss) income per share:

Basic
Diluted

Weighted average shares outstanding:

Basic
Diluted

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

59

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

112,385
173,635
286,020

188,509
97,511

116,367
3,223
593
(1,565)
-

118,618

(21,107)

67
961

1,028

(20,079)
(4,291)
(15,788)

5,642

(10,146)

2,405
(134)
2,271
(7,875)

(0.42)
(0.42)

(0.27)
(0.27)

37,485
37,485

$

$

$

$

132,818
182,433
315,251

205,298
109,953

120,814
-
2,818
493
92,311

216,436

(106,483)

-
(1,035)

(1,035)

(107,518)
(14,716)
(92,802)

23,022

(69,780)

(12,387)
(248)
(12,635)
(82,415)

(2.49)
(2.49)

(1.88)
(1.88)

37,201
37,201

124,819
141,152
265,971

178,097
87,874

90,660
-
11,520
(1,605)
-

100,575

(12,701)

(17)
(4,393)

(4,410)

(17,111)
(19,234)
2,123

23,970

26,093

(6,721)
1,171
(5,550)
20,543

0.06
0.06

0.79
0.73

33,136
35,686

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(In thousands)

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

Cash Flows From Operating Activities:
Net (loss) income
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

$

(10,146)

$

(69,780)

$

Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of other intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
Amortization of debt issuance costs
Loss (gain) on disposition of property and equipment
Noncash lease expense
Contingent consideration (benefit) expense
Stock-based compensation
Deferred income taxes
Changes in operating assets and liabilities, net of acquisitions:

Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid and other assets
Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Income taxes

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

Cash Flows From Investing Activities:

Purchase of businesses, net of cash acquired
Proceeds from disposition of property and equipment
Purchase of intangible assets
Purchases of property and equipment

Net cash used in investing activities

Cash Flows From Financing Activities:
Proceeds from revolving credit facilities
Repayments on revolving credit facilities
Repayments on term loans
Proceeds from issuance of term loans
Payment of debt issuance costs
Purchase of treasury stock
Proceeds from exercise of options
Cash dividends paid
Payment of contingent consideration
Proceeds from the sale of common stock
Common stock issuance costs

Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities

Effect of foreign exchange rates on cash

Change in cash
Cash, beginning of year
Cash, end of period

Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information:

Cash (received) paid for income taxes
Cash paid for interest

Supplemental Disclosures of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities:

Shares issued for business acquisitions
Deferred stock consideration for business acquisition
Contingent consideration for business acquisitions
Property and equipment purchased with accounts payable
Intangible assets purchased with accounts payable
Lease liabilities arising from obtaining right-of-use assets
Gain on transfer of entity under common control

7,602
12,748
-
928
54
3,741
(1,565)
5,292
(6,348)

6,078
13,211
2,134
(4,940)
540
2,595
31,924

(5,648)
199
(250)
(5,717)
(11,416)

51,243
(59,835)
(11,126)
-
-
(222)
3,435
(3,750)
-
-
-
(20,255)

(990)

(737)
12,061
11,324

(758)
10,398

3,132
-
121
145
250
4,441
-

$

$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

7,626
15,326
92,311
824
(81)
3,081
451
11,361
(9,523)

(8,326)
(19,487)
1,150
1,371
(5,037)
(6,657)
14,610

-
499
-
(8,250)
(7,751)

95,611
(96,064)
(126,810)
125,000
(1,385)
(8,267)
2,721
(3,721)
(943)
-
-
(13,858)

(405)

(7,404)
19,465
12,061

8,639
6,586

2,261
-
-
541
-
1,405
-

$

$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

$

$
$

$
$
$
$
$
$
$

60

26,093

5,985
9,834
-
505
(63)
2,384
(1,675)
9,477
(14,423)

(6,464)
(34,071)
(3,560)
2,746
2,935
(7)
(304)

(160,988)
229
-
(17,383)
(178,142)

122,140
(119,219)
(7,467)
109,157
(985)
(651)
1,805
(3,335)
-
80,264
(1,032)
180,677

(555)

1,676
17,789
19,465

1,984
2,252

57,927
4,457
5,209
269
-
6,517
576

Table of Contents

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

CLARUS CORPORATION
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY
(In thousands, except per share amounts)

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-In
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Treasury Stock

Shares

Amount

Accumulated
Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Total
Stockholders'
Equity

$

35,198
-
-

-
-

-

-

322

3,163

2,422
41,105
-
-

-
-

-

424

108
41,637
-
-

-
-

-

695

429
42,761

$

$

$

4
-
-

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
4
-
-

-
-

-

-

-
4
-
-

-
-

-

-

-
4

$

513,979
-
-

$

-
-

576

9,477

1,805

79,232

57,927
662,996
-
-

-
-

11,361

2,721

2,261
679,339
-
-

-
-

5,292

3,435

$

$

$

$

(286,100)
26,093
-

(3,335)
-

-

-

-

-

-
(263,342)
(69,780)
-

(3,721)
-

-

-

-
(336,843)
(10,146)
-

(3,750)
-

-

-

$

(3,970)
-
-

$

(23,789)
-
-

$

500
-
(5,550)

-
(41)

-
(651)

-

-

-

-

-
(4,011)
-
-

-
(578)

-

-

-
(4,589)
-
-

-
(23)

-

-

$

$

-

-

-

-

-
(24,440)
-
-

-
(8,267)

-

-

-
(32,707)
-
-

-
(222)

-

-

$

$

-
-

-

-

-

-

-
(5,050)
-
(12,635)

-
-

-

-

-
(17,685)
-
2,271

-
-

-

-

$

$

204,594
26,093
(5,550)

(3,335)
(651)

576

9,477

1,805

79,232

57,927
370,168
(69,780)
(12,635)

(3,721)
(8,267)

11,361

2,721

2,261
292,108
(10,146)
2,271

(3,750)
(222)

5,292

3,435

3,132
691,198

$

$

-
(350,739)

-
(4,612)

$

-
(32,929)

$

-
(15,414)

$

3,132
292,120

Balance, December 31, 2020
Net income
Other comprehensive loss
Cash dividends ($0.10 per
share)
Purchase of treasury stock
Gain on transfer of entity under
common control
Stock-based compensation
expense
Proceeds from exercise of
options
Issuance of common stock, net
of issuance costs
Shares issued for business
acquisitions
Balance, December 31, 2021
Net loss
Other comprehensive loss
Cash dividends ($0.10 per
share)
Purchase of treasury stock
Stock-based compensation
expense
Proceeds from exercise of
options
Shares issued for business
acquisitions
Balance, December 31, 2022
Net loss
Other comprehensive income
Cash dividends ($0.10 per
share)
Purchase of treasury stock
Stock-based compensation
expense
Proceeds from exercise of
options
Shares issued for business
acquisitions
Balance, December 31, 2023

See accompanying notes to consolidated financial statements.

61

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 1. NATURE OF OPERATIONS AND SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

The  accompanying  audited  consolidated  financial  statements  of  Clarus  Corporation  and  subsidiaries  (which  may  be  referred  to  as  the  “Company,”
“Clarus,” “we,” “our” or “us”) have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S.
GAAP”).

Nature of Business

Headquartered in Salt Lake City, Utah, we are a global leading designer, developer, manufacturer and distributor of best-in-class outdoor equipment and
lifestyle products focused on the outdoor enthusiast markets. Each of our brands has a long history of continuous product innovation for core and everyday
users alike. The Company’s products are principally sold globally under the Black Diamond®, Rhino-Rack®, MAXTRAX®, and TRED Outdoors® brand
names through outdoor specialty and online retailers, our own websites, distributors and original equipment manufacturers.

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported
amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenue and expenses during the reporting period. The
more significant estimates relate to the fair value of net assets acquired in business combinations, provision for excess or obsolete inventory, allowance for
credit losses, and valuation of contingent consideration liabilities, deferred tax assets, long-lived assets, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, and
other  intangible  assets.  We  base  our  estimates  on  historical  experience,  projected  future  cash  flows,  and  other  assumptions  that  are  believed  to  be
reasonable under the circumstances. Actual results could differ from these estimates.

Significant Accounting Policies

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of Presentation

The  consolidated  financial  statements  include  the  accounts  of  Clarus  Corporation  and  its  wholly  owned  subsidiaries.  All  intercompany  balances  and
transactions  have  been  eliminated  in  consolidation.  Unless  otherwise  specified,  disclosures  in  these  consolidated  financial  statements  reflect  continuing
operations  only.  Certain  prior  period  financial  information,  related  to  discontinued  operations,  have  been  reclassified  and  separately  presented  in  the
consolidated  financial  statements  and  accompanying  notes  to  conform  to  the  current  period  presentation.  See  Note  3  to  our  consolidated  financial
statements for further information.

Foreign Currency Transactions and Translation

The accounts of the Company’s international subsidiaries’ financial statements which have functional currencies other than the U.S. dollar are translated
into  U.S.  dollars  using  the  exchange  rate  at  the  balance  sheet  dates  for  assets  and  liabilities  and  average  exchange  rates  for  the  periods  for  revenues,
expenses,  gains  and  losses.  Foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  are  recorded  as  a  separate  component  of  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss.
Foreign currency transaction gains and losses are included in other income (expense) in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss) income.

Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid investments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents. At December 31,
2023 and 2022, the Company did not hold any amounts that were considered to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable and Allowance for Credit Losses

The Company records its trade receivables at sales value. The trade receivables do not bear interest. The Company performs on-going credit evaluations of
its customers and adjusts credit limits based upon payment history and the customer’s current credit worthiness, as

62

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

determined  by  the  review  of  their  current  credit  information.  The  Company  evaluates  the  collectability  of  its  accounts  receivable  and  determines  the
appropriate  allowance  for  credit  losses  based  on  a  combination  of  factors.  A  non-specific  allowance  for  estimated  credit  losses  is  recorded  based  on
historical experience of collectability. In addition, specific allowances are established for customer accounts as known collection problems occur due to
insolvency, disputes or other collection issues. The amounts of these specific allowances are estimated by management based on the customer’s financial
position, the age of the customer’s receivables and the reasons for any disputes. The allowance for credit losses is reduced by subsequent collections of the
specific  allowances  or  by  any  write-off  of  customer  accounts  that  are  deemed  uncollectible.  The  allowance  for  credit  losses  was  $1,412  and  $981  at
December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively. There were no significant write-offs during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

Inventories

Inventories  are  stated  at  the  lower  of  cost  (using  the  first-in,  first-out  method  “FIFO”)  or  net  realizable  value.  Elements  of  cost  in  the  Company’s
manufactured inventories generally include raw materials, direct labor, manufacturing overhead and freight in. The Company reviews its inventories for
excess, close-out, or slow-moving items and makes provisions as necessary to properly reflect inventory values.

Property and Equipment

Property  and  equipment  is  stated  at  historical  cost,  less  accumulated  depreciation.  Depreciation  is  computed  using  the  straight-line  method  over  the
estimated  useful  lives.  The  principal  estimated  useful  lives  are:  buildings,  30  years;  building  improvements,  20  years;  machinery  and  equipment,  3-
10  years;  computer  hardware  and  software,  3-5  years;  furniture  and  fixtures,  5  years.  Leasehold  improvements  are  amortized  over  the  lesser  of  the
estimated  useful  life  of  the  improvement  or  the  life  of  the  lease.  Major  replacements,  which  extend  the  useful  lives  of  equipment,  are  capitalized  and
depreciated  over  the  remaining  useful  life.  Normal  maintenance  and  repair  items  are  expensed  as  incurred.  Property  and  equipment  are  reviewed  for
impairment  whenever  events  or  changes  in  circumstances  exist  that  indicate  the  carrying  amount  of  an  asset  may  not  be  recoverable.  Property  and
equipment located outside of the United States are not considered material.

Leases

Right-of-use (“ROU”) assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the commencement of an arrangement where it is determined at inception that a lease
exists. ROU assets represent the right to use an underlying asset for the lease term, and lease liabilities represent the obligation to make lease payments
arising from the lease. These assets and liabilities are initially recognized based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term calculated using
our  incremental  borrowing  rate.  Lease  terms  include  options  to  extend  or  terminate  the  lease  when  it  is  reasonably  certain  that  those  options  will  be
exercised.

Variable  lease  payments  are  generally  expensed  as  incurred  and  include  certain  non-lease  components,  such  as  common  area  maintenance  and  other
services  provided  by  the  lessor,  and  other  charges  such  as  utilities,  insurance  and  property  taxes  included  in  the  lease.  Leases  with  an  initial  term  of
12 months or less are not recorded on the balance sheet, and the expense for these short-term leases and for leases is recognized on a straight-line basis
over  the  lease  term.  Non-lease  components  are  excluded  from  the  ROU  asset  and  lease  liability  present  value  computations.  The  Company’s  lease
agreements do not contain any material residual value guarantees or material restrictive covenants.

Goodwill

Goodwill represents the excess of the purchase price over the fair market value of identifiable net assets of acquired companies. Goodwill is not amortized,
but rather is tested for impairment at the reporting unit level annually as of December 31st of each year or more frequently if triggering events or changes in
circumstances indicate impairment, such as a significant adverse change in business climate. The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors
to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. If, through this qualitative assessment,
the conclusion is made that it is more likely than not that a reporting unit’s fair value is less than its carrying amount, or the Company elects to bypass the
qualitative  assessment,  a  quantitative  impairment  analysis  is  performed.  We  estimate  the  reporting  unit’s  fair  value  using  a  combination  of  the  income
approach

63

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

based upon projected discounted cash flows of the reporting unit and the market approach based upon the market multiple of comparable publicly traded
companies. If the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying amount, an impairment loss is recognized for the excess carrying amount over the
fair  value  computation.  No  impairment  of  goodwill  was  recorded  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2021.  Based  on  the  results  of  the
Company’s annual impairment tests completed as of December 31, 2022, the Company recognized goodwill impairment in our Adventure reporting unit of
$52,071 during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets represent other intangible assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets acquired. The Company’s other intangible assets, such as certain
customer  relationships,  product  technologies,  tradenames,  trademarks  and  core  technologies  with  finite  lives  are  amortized  over  their  estimated  useful
lives. Other intangible assets are reviewed for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances exist that indicate the carrying amount of an asset
may not be recoverable.

The Company’s indefinite-lived intangible assets consists of certain tradenames and trademarks that provide Black Diamond Equipment, PIEPS, Rhino-
Rack, MAXTRAX, and TRED with the exclusive and perpetual rights to manufacture and sell their respective products. Indefinite-lived intangible assets
are  not  amortized;  however,  they  are  tested  for  impairment  annually  as  of  December  31st  of  each  year  or  more  frequently  if  events  or  changes  in
circumstances exist that may indicate impairment. The Company has the option to first assess qualitative factors to determine whether it is more likely than
not that the fair value of an indefinite-lived intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If, through this qualitative assessment, the conclusion is made
that  it  is  more  likely  than  not  that  an  indefinite-lived  intangible  asset’s  fair  value  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount,  or  the  Company  elects  to  bypass  the
qualitative assessment, a quantitative impairment analysis is performed by comparing the indefinite-lived intangible asset’s book value to its estimated fair
value. The fair value for indefinite-lived intangible assets is determined through an income approach using the relief-from-royalty method. The amount of
any  impairment  is  measured  as  the  difference  between  the  carrying  amount  and  the  fair  value  of  the  impaired  asset.  No  impairment  of  indefinite-lived
intangible  assets  was  recorded  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023  and  2021.  Based  on  the  results  of  the  Company’s  annual  impairment  tests
completed  as  of  December  31,  2022,  the  Company  recognized  an  impairment  of  indefinite-lived  intangible  assets  in  our  Adventure  reporting  unit,
specifically the Rhino-Rack trademark, of $40,240 during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments to hedge currency rate movements on foreign currency denominated sales. The Company enters into forward
contracts,  option  contracts  and  non-deliverable  forwards  to  manage  the  impact  of  foreign  currency  fluctuations  on  a  portion  of  its  forecasted  foreign
currency exposure. These derivatives are carried at fair value on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets in prepaid and other current assets, other long-
term assets, accrued liabilities, and other long-term liabilities. Changes in fair value of the derivatives not designated as hedge instruments are included in
Other, net in the determination of net income. For derivative contracts designated as hedge instruments, the effective portion of gains and losses resulting
from changes in fair value of the instruments are included in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified to sales in the period the underlying
hedged item is recognized in earnings.

For all hedging relationships, the Company formally documents the hedging relationship and its risk-management objective and strategy for undertaking
the hedge, the hedging instrument, the hedged transaction, the nature of the risk being hedged, how the hedging instrument’s effectiveness in offsetting the
hedged  risk  will  be  assessed  prospectively  and  retrospectively,  and  a  description  of  the  method  used  to  measure  ineffectiveness.  The  Company  also
formally assesses, both at the inception of the hedging relationship and on an ongoing basis, whether the derivatives that are used in hedging relationships
are highly effective in offsetting changes in cash flows of hedged transactions. The Company uses operating budgets and cash flow forecasts to estimate
future  foreign  currency  cash  flow  exposures  and  to  determine  the  level  and  timing  of  derivative  transactions  intended  to  mitigate  such  exposures  in
accordance  with  its  risk  management  policies.  The  Company  discontinues  hedge  accounting  prospectively  when  it  determines  that  the  derivative  is  no
longer effective in offsetting cash flows attributable to the hedged risk, the derivative expires or is sold, terminated, or exercised, the cash flow hedge is de-
designated because a forecasted transaction is not probable of occurring, or management determines to remove the designation of the cash flow hedge. The
Company  does  not  enter  into  material  derivative  instruments  for  any  purpose  other  than  cash  flow  hedging.  The  Company  does  not  speculate  using
derivative instruments.

64

Table of Contents

Stock-Based Compensation

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The Company records compensation expense for all share-based awards granted based on the fair value of the award at the time of the grant. The fair value
of each option award is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option pricing model that uses assumptions and estimates that the Company
believes are reasonable. Stock-based compensation costs for stock awards and restricted stock awards is measured based on the closing market value of the
Company’s common stock on the date of the grant. For restricted stock awards subject to market conditions, the fair value of each restricted stock award
has been estimated as of the date of grant using the Monte-Carlo pricing model. The Company recognizes the cost of the share-based awards on a straight-
line basis over the requisite service period of the award and recognizes forfeitures in the period they occur. Stock options granted have contractual terms of
up to ten years. Upon exercise of stock options or vesting of restricted stock awards, the Company issues shares from new shares authorized and reserved
for issuance.

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when a contract exists with a customer that specifies the goods and services to be provided at an agreed upon sales price
and when the performance obligation is satisfied by transferring the goods or service to the customer. The performance obligation is considered complete
when control transfers, which is determined when products are shipped or delivered to the customer depending on the terms of the contract. Sales are made
on normal and customary short-term credit terms or upon delivery of point-of-sale transactions.

The Company enters into contractual arrangements with customers in the form of individual customer orders which specify the goods, quantity, pricing,
and associated order terms. The Company does not have long-term contracts that are satisfied over time. Due to the nature of the contracts, no significant
judgment  exists  in  relation  to  the  identification  of  the  customer  contract,  satisfaction  of  the  performance  obligation,  or  transaction  price. The  Company
expenses incremental costs of obtaining a contract due to the short-term nature of the contracts.

The  Company’s  contract  terms  or  historical  business  practices  can  give  rise  to  variable  consideration  such  as  term  discounts  and  customer  cooperative
payments. We  estimate  the  expected  term  discounts  based  on  an  analysis  of  historical  experience  and  record  cash  discounts  as  a  reduction  to  revenue.
Through  cooperative  advertising  programs,  the  Company  reimburses  its  wholesale  customers  for  some  of  their  costs  of  advertising  the  Company’s
products. The Company records such costs as a reduction of revenue, where the fair value cannot be reasonably estimated or where costs exceed the fair
value of the services.

At the time of revenue recognition, we also provide for estimated sales returns and miscellaneous claims from customers as reductions to revenues. The
estimates are based on historical rates of product returns and claims. The Company accrues for such estimated returns and claims with an estimated accrual
and associated reduction of revenue. Additionally, the Company records inventory that it expects to be returned as part of inventories, with a corresponding
reduction of cost of goods sold.

Sales commissions are expensed as incurred. These costs are recorded in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying consolidated
statements of comprehensive (loss) income. Taxes collected from customers and remitted to government authorities are reported on the net basis and are
excluded from sales.

Cost of Goods Sold

The expenses that are included in cost of goods sold include all direct product costs and costs related to shipping, certain warehousing or handling, duties
and importation fees. Product warranty costs and specific provisions for excess, close-out, or slow-moving inventory are also included in cost of goods
sold. Certain warehousing or handling costs which are not associated with the manufacturing of goods for sale are excluded from cost of goods sold.

65

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Selling, General and Administrative Expense

Selling,  general  and  administrative  expense  includes  personnel-related  costs,  including  stock-based  compensation,  product  development,  selling,
advertising,  visual  merchandise,  depreciation  and  amortization,  and  other  general  operating  expenses.  Advertising  costs  are  expensed  in  the  period
incurred. Total advertising expense for continuing operations, including cooperative advertising costs, were $8,385, $7,789, and $5,824 for the years ended
December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Through cooperative advertising programs, the Company reimburses its wholesale customers for some of their costs of advertising the Company’s products
based on various criteria, including the value of purchases from the Company and various advertising specifications. Cooperative advertising costs were
not material for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

Product Warranty

Some of the Company’s products carry warranty provisions for defects in quality and workmanship. Warranty repairs and replacements are recorded in cost
of goods sold and a warranty liability is established at the time of sale to cover estimated costs based on the Company’s history of warranty repairs and
replacements. For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, the Company experienced warranty claims on its products related to continuing
operations of $1,007, $1,221, and $1,863, respectively.

Research and Development

Research and development costs are charged to expense as incurred, and are included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying
consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  (loss)  income.  Total  research  and  development  costs  for  continuing  operations  were  $12,740,  $13,029,  and
$10,406 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

Transaction Costs

Transaction costs consists of expenses related to the Company’s various acquisition efforts and capital-raising activities, including those associated with
acquiring Rhino-Rack, MAXTRAX, and TRED.

Income Taxes

Income taxes are accounted for under the asset and liability method. Income taxes are based on amounts of taxes payable or refundable in the current year
and  on  expected  future  tax  consequences  of  events  that  are  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  in  different  periods  than  they  are  recognized  in  tax
returns.  As  a  result  of  timing  of  recognition  and  measurement  differences  between  financial  accounting  standards  and  income  tax  laws,  temporary
differences arise between amounts of pre-tax financial statement income and taxable income and between reported amounts of assets and liabilities in the
consolidated  balance  sheets  and  their  respective  tax  bases.  Deferred  income  tax  assets  and  liabilities  reported  in  the  consolidated  balance  sheets  reflect
estimated future tax effects attributable to these temporary differences and to net operating loss and net capital loss carryforwards, based on enacted tax
rates expected to be in effect for years in which the differences are expected to be settled or realized. The Company has netted these deferred tax assets and
deferred  tax  liabilities  by  jurisdiction.  Realization  of  deferred  tax  assets  is  dependent  on  future  taxable  income  in  specific  jurisdictions.  Valuation
allowances are used to reduce deferred tax assets to amounts considered more likely than not to be realized. U.S. deferred income taxes are not provided on
undistributed  income  of  foreign  subsidiaries  where  such  earnings  are  considered  to  be  permanently  invested.  Unremitted  taxes  on  undistributed  foreign
earnings are not material for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

The  Company  releases  residual  tax  effects  in  accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  through  continuing  operations  as  the  underlying  asset  matures  or
expires.

The Company recognizes tax benefits from uncertain tax positions only if it is more likely than not that the tax position will be sustained on examination
by  the  taxing  authorities  based  on  the  technical  merits  of  the  position. The  tax  benefits  recognized  in  the  financial  statements  from  such  a  position  are
measured based on the largest benefit that has a greater than fifty percent likelihood of being realized upon ultimate resolution. The Company recognizes
interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in income tax benefit.

66

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Unrecognized  tax  benefits  that  reduce  a  net  operating  loss,  similar  tax  loss  or  tax  credit  carryforward,  are  presented  as  a  reduction  to  deferred  income
taxes. The Company recognizes interest expense and penalties related to uncertain tax positions in income tax benefit.

Concentration of Credit Risk and Sales

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentration of credit risk consist principally of cash, accounts receivable, and aggregate
unrealized  gains  (losses)  on  derivative  contracts.  Risks  associated  with  cash  within  the  United  States  are  mitigated  by  banking  with  federally  insured,
creditworthy  institutions;  however,  there  are  balances  with  these  institutions  that  are  greater  than  the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance  Corporation  insurance
limit.  The  Company  performs  ongoing  credit  evaluations  of  its  customers  and  maintains  allowances  for  possible  losses  as  considered  necessary  by
management.

During the year ended December 31, 2023, no single customer contributed more than 10% of the Company’s sales from continuing operations. During
the  years  ended  December  31,  2022  and  2021,  Recreational  Equipment,  Inc.  (“REI”)  accounted  for  approximately  10%  and  14%,  respectively,  of  the
Company’s sales from continuing operations. These sales are included in the Outdoor segment. No other single customer contributed more than 10% of the
Company’s sales from continuing operations during those periods. As of December 31, 2023, INEOS Automotive accounted for approximately 13% of the
Company’s accounts receivable. As of December 31, 2022, no single customer contributed more than 10% of the Company’s accounts receivable.

Fair Value Measurements

The carrying value of cash, accounts receivable, and accrued liabilities approximate their respective fair values due to the short-term nature and liquidity of
these financial instruments. Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value based on current market pricing models. The Company estimates
that, due to the variable interest rates reflecting current market rates, the fair value of its debt obligations under its revolving credit facility and term loan
approximate the carrying value at December 31, 2023.

Contingent Consideration Liabilities

Contingent consideration liabilities are required to be recognized at fair value as of the acquisition date. We estimate the fair value of these liabilities based
on financial projections of the acquired company, such as sales-based milestones and estimated probabilities of achievement. Based on updated estimates
and projections, the contingent consideration liabilities are adjusted at each reporting date to their estimated fair value. Changes in fair value subsequent to
the  acquisition  date  are  reported  in  contingent  consideration  (benefit)  expense  in  the  accompanying  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  (loss)
income. Variations in the fair value of contingent consideration liabilities may result from changes in discount periods or rates, changes in the timing and
amount of sales estimates, and changes in probability assumptions with respect to the likelihood of achieving sales milestones.

Segment Information

We operate our business structure within two segments. These segments are defined based on the internal financial reporting used by our chief operating
decision  maker  to  allocate  resources  and  assess  performance.  Certain  significant  selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses  are  not  allocated  to  the
segments including non-cash stock compensation expense.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

Accounting Pronouncements issued and not yet adopted

In  November  2023,  the  FASB  issued  Accounting  Standards  Update  (“ASU”)  2023-07,  Segment  Reporting  (Topic  280):  Improvements  to  Reportable
Segment Disclosures, which requires a public entity to disclose significant segment expenses and other segment items on an annual and interim basis and
provide in interim periods all disclosures about a reportable segment’s profit or loss and assets that are currently required annually. The amendments in
ASU 2023-07 are effective for all public entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 2024. Early adoption is permitted. The

67

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Company  is  currently  evaluating  the  enhanced  disclosure  requirements,  however  it  does  not  anticipate  a  material  change  to  the  consolidated  financial
statements.

In December 2023, the FASB issued ASU 2023-09, Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures, which requires a public entity to
disclose in its rate reconciliation table additional categories of information about federal, state and foreign income taxes and provide more details about the
reconciling  items  in  some  categories  if  items  meet  a  quantitative  threshold. The  guidance  will  require  all  entities  to  disclose  income  taxes  paid,  net  of
refunds,  disaggregated  by  federal  (national),  state  and  foreign  taxes  for  annual  periods  and  to  disaggregate  the  information  by  jurisdiction  based  on  a
quantitative  threshold.  The  guidance  makes  several  other  changes  to  the  disclosure  requirements.  All  entities  are  required  to  apply  the  guidance
prospectively, with the option to apply it retrospectively. The guidance is effective for public business entities for fiscal years beginning after December 15,
2024. Early adoption is permitted. The Company is currently evaluating the enhanced disclosure requirements, however it does not anticipate a material
change to the consolidated financial statements.

NOTE 2. ACQUISITIONS

TRED

On  September  13,  2023,  Clarus  entered  into  a  Share  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “TRED  Purchase  Agreement”)  to  acquire  TRED  Outdoors  Pty  Ltd.
(“TRED”), which subsequently closed on October 9, 2023. All United States dollar amounts contained herein are based on the exchange rates in effect for
Australian  dollars  ($AUD)  and  the  market  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  the  time  of  closing  of  the  acquisition  of  TRED  (the  “TRED
Acquisition”).

The Company acquired TRED for an aggregate purchase price of $AUD 10,741 (approximately $6,849), subject to a post-closing adjustment, comprised of
$AUD 8,875 (approximately $5,659) cash, 179 shares of the Company’s common stock valued at $1,069, and additional consideration described below.
The TRED Purchase Agreement provides for the payment of additional contingent consideration of up to $AUD 1,000 (approximately $638) in cash upon
the satisfaction of certain net sales targets (the “TRED Contingent Consideration”). The Company estimated the initial fair value of the TRED Contingent
Consideration to be $AUD 189 (approximately $121) and has recorded this liability within accrued liabilities. See Note 11 for discussion regarding the
valuation of the TRED Contingent Consideration as of December 31, 2023.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. Acquisition-related costs for the TRED Acquisition, which were included in transaction costs
during the year ended December 31, 2023, were $456.

MAXTRAX

On November 26, 2021, Clarus entered into a Share and Unit Purchase Agreement (the “MAXTRAX Purchase Agreement”) to acquire MaxTrax Australia
Pty Ltd (“MAXTRAX”), which subsequently closed on December 1, 2021. All United States dollar amounts contained herein are based on the exchange
rates in effect for Australian dollars and the market value of the Company’s common stock at the time of closing of the acquisition of MAXTRAX (the
“MAXTRAX Acquisition”).

The  Company  acquired  MAXTRAX  for  an  aggregate  purchase  price  of  $AUD  49,744  (approximately  $35,475),  subject  to  a  post-closing  adjustment,
comprised  of  $AUD  37,551  (approximately  $26,780)  cash,  107  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  valued  at  $2,594,  and  additional  consideration
described below. The MAXTRAX Purchase Agreement also provides for the payment of additional consideration in the form of shares of the Company’s
common stock valued at $AUD 6,250 (approximately $4,457) split equally on June 30, 2022 and 2023. During the years ended December 31, 2023 and
2022,  approximately  250  and  108  shares,  respectively,  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  were  issued  in  accordance  with  the  MAXTRAX  Purchase
Agreement as additional consideration. The MAXTRAX Purchase Agreement provides for the payment of additional contingent consideration up to $AUD
6,250 (approximately $4,457) in cash if certain future net sales thresholds are met during 2022 and 2023 (the “MAXTRAX Contingent Consideration”).
The Company estimated the initial fair value of the MAXTRAX Contingent Consideration to be $AUD 2,307 (approximately $1,644) and recorded this
liability within accrued liabilities and other long-term liabilities at the date of purchase. The net sales threshold required for the cash payment of the 2022
portion of the MAXTRAX Contingent Consideration was met during the 2022 measurement period

68

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

ended  June  30,  2022.  The  net  sales  threshold  required  for  the  final  payment  of  the  MAXTRAX  Contingent  Consideration  was  not  met  during  the
measurement period ended June 30, 2023. As of December 31, 2023, no remaining contingent consideration liability existed related to the MAXTRAX
Acquisition.

The  acquisition  was  accounted  for  as  a  business  combination.  Acquisition-related  costs  for  the  MAXTRAX  Acquisition,  which  were  included  in
transaction costs during the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were $382 and $446, respectively.

Rhino-Rack

On  May  30,  2021,  Clarus  entered  into  a  Share  Sale  and  Purchase  Agreement  (the  “Purchase  Agreement”)  to  acquire  Rhino-Rack  Holdings  Pty  Ltd
(“Rhino-Rack”), which subsequently closed on July 1, 2021. All United States dollar amounts contained herein are based on the exchange rates in effect for
Australian  dollars  and  the  market  value  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  at  the  time  of  closing  of  the  acquisition  of  Rhino-Rack  (the  “Rhino-Rack
Acquisition”).

The Company acquired Rhino-Rack for an aggregate purchase price of $AUD 269,696 (approximately $202,488), subject to a post-closing adjustment,
comprised  of  approximately  $AUD  191,249  (approximately  $143,590)  cash,  2,315  shares  of  the  Company’s  common  stock  valued  at  $55,333,  and
additional contingent consideration described below. The Purchase Agreement also provides for the payment of additional contingent consideration up to
approximately  $AUD  10,000  (approximately  $7,508)  if  certain  future  net  sales  thresholds  are  met  (the  “Rhino-Rack  Contingent  Consideration”).  The
Company estimated the initial fair value of the Rhino-Rack Contingent Consideration to be $AUD 4,747 (approximately $3,565) and recorded this liability
within accrued liabilities at the date of purchase. The net sales threshold required for the payment of the Rhino-Rack Contingent Consideration was not met
during  the  measurement  period  ended  June  30,  2022. As  of  December  31,  2022,  no  remaining  contingent  consideration  liability  existed  related  to  the
Rhino-Rack Acquisition.

The acquisition was accounted for as a business combination. Acquisition-related costs for the Rhino-Rack Acquisition, which were included in transaction
costs during the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 were $1,799 and $10,975, respectively.

The Company believes the acquisitions of TRED, MAXTRAX, and Rhino-Rack will provide the Company with a greater combined global revenue base,
increased gross margins, profitability and free cash flows, and access to increased liquidity to further acquire and grow businesses.

The following table is a reconciliation to the fair value of the purchase consideration and how the purchase consideration is allocated to assets acquired and
liabilities assumed which have been estimated at their fair values. The fair value estimates for the purchase price allocation for TRED are based on the
Company’s best estimates and assumptions as of the reporting date and are considered preliminary.  The fair value measurements of identifiable assets and
liabilities, and the resulting goodwill related to the TRED Acquisition are subject to change and the final purchase price allocations could be different from
the amounts presented below. We expect to finalize the valuations as soon as practicable, but not later than one year from the date of the acquisition. Since
our initial purchase price allocation for the MAXTRAX acquisition, we have increased the fair value of accrued liabilities assumed and goodwill by $741.
These adjustments were made after receiving certain information related to the fair value of assumed liabilities and such amounts were recorded during the
first  quarter  of  2022.  The  fair  value  measurements  for  the  acquisitions  of  MAXTRAX  and  Rhino-Rack  have  been  completed.  The  excess  of  purchase
consideration over the assets acquired and liabilities assumed is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill for TRED, MAXTRAX, and Rhino-Rack is included in
the Adventure segment. The goodwill consists largely of the growth and profitability expected from these acquisitions.

69

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

TRED
October 9, 2023

MAXTRAX
December 1, 2021

Rhino-Rack
July 1, 2021

Number of
Shares

Estimated Fair
Value

Number of
Shares

Estimated Fair
Value

Number of
Shares

Estimated Fair
Value

Cash paid

-

$

5,659

-

$

26,780

-

$

143,590

Issuance of shares of Clarus
Corporation

Future issuance of shares of
Clarus Corporation

Contingent consideration

179

1,069

107

2,594

2,315

55,333

-

-

-

121

-

-

4,457

1,644

-

-

-

3,565

Total purchase consideration

179

$

6,849

107

$

35,475

2,315

$

202,488

Assets acquired and liabilities
assumed
Assets
Cash
Accounts receivable
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets
Property and equipment
Other intangible assets
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Goodwill
Other long-term assets

Total assets

Liabilities
Accounts payable and accrued
liabilities
Income tax payable
Current portion of long-term debt
Long-term debt
Deferred income taxes
Other long-term liabilities

Total liabilities

Net Book Value Acquired

$

$

11
1,000
1,006
11
195
3,305
-
2,832
-
8,360

638
-
-
-
873
-
1,511

6,849

70

$

1,869
2,791
1,819
883
139
10,341
10,555
15,199
979
44,575

2,176
251
-
-
5,863
810
9,100

$

7,513
10,769
27,046
644
4,619
55,400
72,800
78,347
11,468
268,606

16,511
3,413
607
2,107
32,451
11,029
66,118

$

35,475

$

202,488

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The estimated fair value of inventory was recorded at expected sales price less cost to sell plus a reasonable profit margin for selling efforts.

In  connection  with  the  acquisitions,  the  Company  acquired  exclusive  rights  to  TRED’s,  MAXTRAX’s,  and  Rhino-Rack’s  trademarks,  customer
relationships, product technologies, and tradenames. The amounts assigned to each class of intangible asset, other than goodwill acquired, and the related
average useful lives are as follows:

TRED

MAXTRAX

Rhino-Rack

Gross

Average
Useful Life

Gross

Average
Useful Life

Gross

Average
Useful Life

Intangibles subject to
amortization
Customer relationships
Product technologies
Tradenames
Intangibles not subject to
amortization
Trademarks

$

$

1,249
394
1,662

-
3,305

8.0 years
6.0 years
12.0 years

N/A
9.8 years

$

$

8,986
1,355
-

10,555
20,896

13.5 years
7.0 years
N/A

N/A
12.6 years

$

$

40,400
15,000
-

13.5 years
10.0 years
N/A

72,800
128,200

N/A
12.6 years

The full amount of goodwill of $2,832 at TRED, $15,199 at MAXTRAX, and $78,347 at Rhino-Rack is expected to be non-deductible for tax purposes.
No  pre-existing  relationships  existed  between  the  Company  and  TRED,  MAXTRAX,  and  Rhino-Rack  or  their  sellers  prior  to  the  acquisition.  TRED,
MAXTRAX, and Rhino-Rack revenue and operating income are included in the Adventure segment. Total revenue and net income of TRED from the date
of acquisition to December 31, 2023 were not material to the Company’s consolidated financial statements. Total revenue of $1,728 and net income of
$183  of  MAXTRAX  were  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of  comprehensive  (loss)  income  from  the  date  of  acquisition  to
December  31,  2021.  Total  revenue  of  $43,411  and  net  loss  of  $7,310  of  Rhino-Rack  were  included  in  the  Company’s  consolidated  statements  of
comprehensive (loss) income from the date of acquisition to December 31, 2021.

The following unaudited pro forma results are based on the individual historical results of the Company, MAXTRAX, and Rhino-Rack, with adjustments
to give effect as if the acquisition and borrowings used to finance the acquisition had occurred on January 1, 2020 for MAXTRAX and Rhino-Rack, after
giving effect to certain adjustments including the amortization of intangible assets, depreciation of fixed assets, interest expense and taxes and assumes the
purchase price was allocated to the assets purchased and liabilities assumed based on their fair market values at the date of purchase.

Sales
Net income
Net income per share - basic
Net income per share - diluted

(Unaudited)
Year Ended December 31,
2020
2021

$
$
$
$

331,801
22,399
0.68
0.63

$
$
$
$

253,409
(1,433)
(0.05)
(0.05)

The unaudited pro forma information is presented for illustrative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the operating results that would have
occurred had the transactions been consummated as of January 1, 2020 for MAXTRAX and Rhino-Rack. Furthermore, such pro forma information is not
necessarily indicative of future operating results of the combined companies and should not be construed as representative of the operating results of the
combined companies for any future dates or periods.

71

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Material nonrecurring adjustments excluded from the unaudited pro forma financial information above consists of $12,616 transaction costs and $5,399
step up of inventory to its preliminary fair value, which were recorded as an unfavorable adjustment to cost of goods sold.

NOTE 3. DISCONTINUED OPERATIONS

On February 29, 2024, the Company and Everest/Sapphire Acquisition, LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, completed the sale to Bullseye Acquisitions,
LLC,  an  affiliate  of  JDH  Capital  Company,  of  all  of  the  equity  associated  with  the  Company’s  Precision  Sport  segment,  which  is  comprised  of  the
Company’s subsidiaries Sierra and Barnes Bullets – Mona, LLC (“Barnes”), pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 29, 2023, by
and among, Bullseye Acquisitions, LLC, Everest/Sapphire Acquisition, LLC and the Company (the “Precision Sport Purchase Agreement”). The Precision
Sport segment is engaged in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing, and marketing bullets and ammunition to the military, law enforcement,
and  commercial/consumer  markets.  Under  the  terms  of  the  Precision  Sport  Purchase Agreement,  the  Buyer  agreed  to  pay  $175,000  in  cash,  which  is
subject to a customary working capital adjustment. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $37,871 in cash, after payment of certain fees
and  settlement  of  the  Restated  Credit Agreement,  for  all  of  the  equity  associated  with  the  Company’s  Precision  Sport  segment. As  the  disposition  was
completed during our first fiscal quarter of 2024, we expect to recognize a gain on the disposition during the three months ending March 31, 2024. The
activities of the Precision Sport segment have been segregated and reported as discontinued operations for all periods presented.

The carrying amounts of the assets and liabilities of the Precision Sport segment were classified as held for sale in our consolidated balance sheets as of
December 31, 2023 and 2022. The asset and liability balances as of December 31, 2023 were classified as current as we anticipated the sale of these assets
and liabilities within a one year period.  The carrying amounts were as follows:

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Cash
Accounts receivable, net
Inventories
Prepaid and other current assets

Total current assets held for sale

Property and equipment, net
Other intangible assets, net
Indefinite-lived intangible assets
Goodwill
Other long-term assets
Total assets held for sale

Accounts payable
Accrued liabilities
Current portion of long-term debt

Total current liabilities held for sale

Total liabilities held for sale

$

$

$

-
9,914
44,208
2,931
57,053

24,075
4,926
24,500
26,715
15
137,284

2,441
3,303
-
5,744

5,744

$

80
18,419
39,470
3,599
61,568

25,706
6,959
24,500
26,715
15
145,463

2,285
4,617
48
6,950

6,950

$

$

$

$

72

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Summarized results of discontinued operations for the Precision Sport segment are as follows:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

Sales
Cost of goods sold
Selling, general and administrative
Restructuring charges
Transaction costs
Interest expense, net
Other, net

Income from discontinued operations before taxes
Income tax expense
Income from discontinued operations, net of tax

$

$

$

89,950
(56,980)
(11,639)
(47)
(2,162)
(11,437)
(19)

7,666
2,024
5,642

$

$

132,855
(79,392)
(14,225)
-
(149)
(7,895)
(807)

30,387
7,365
23,022

$

109,823
(60,765)
(14,834)
-
(323)
(2,922)
11

30,990
7,020
23,970

In connection with the sale of the Precision Sport segment, all interest expense related to outstanding debt that was required to be repaid with the proceeds
received from the sale pursuant to the terms of the Company’s credit facility is allocated to discontinued operations in our consolidated financial statements
for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021.

Summarized cash flow information for the Precision Sport segment discontinued operations are as follows:

Depreciation of property and equipment
Amortization of intangible assets
Stock-based compensation
Purchase of property and equipment

NOTE 4. INVENTORIES

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$
$
$
$

3,452
2,033
151
1,848

$
$
$
$

3,238
2,769
163
3,100

$
$
$
$

2,633
3,753
-
13,486

Inventories, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Finished goods
Work-in-process
Raw materials and supplies

$

$

73

December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022
93,463
362
13,777
107,602

78,887
295
12,227
91,409

$

$

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 5. PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

Property and equipment, net as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Land
Building and improvements
Furniture and fixtures
Computer hardware and software
Machinery and equipment
Construction in progress

Less accumulated depreciation

December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022

$

$

2,850
6,476
6,195
8,092
18,119
1,224
42,956
(26,369)
16,587

$

$

2,850
5,845
6,656
7,714
15,884
2,611
41,560
(24,256)
17,304

Depreciation expense for continuing operations was $4,150, $4,388, and $3,352 for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.

NOTE 6. GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

Goodwill

The following table summarizes the changes in goodwill by segment:

Goodwill
Accumulated goodwill impairments

Balance at December 31, 2021

Impairment
Acquisition adjustment
Impact of foreign currency exchange rates

Balance at December 31, 2022

Increase due to acquisition of TRED
Impact of foreign currency exchange rates

Balance at December 31, 2023

$

$

Outdoor

Adventure

Total

29,507
(29,507)

$

91,375
-

$

-

-
-
-

-

-
-

-

91,375

(52,071)
741
(3,767)

36,278

2,850
192

$

39,320

$

120,882
(29,507)

91,375

(52,071)
741
(3,767)

36,278

2,850
192

39,320

Due to a weakening global economy, driven by higher inflation and interest rates, and other factors affecting the market for our Adventure reporting unit
products, we experienced significant declining revenue and profitability in our Adventure reporting unit and a decline in stock price during the year ended
December 31, 2022. Revenues continued to decline unexpectedly during the three months ended December 31, 2022, due to a lack of product demand in
what is typically the highest selling season for the product in Australia, in addition to a continued increase in interest rates. As a result, in the fourth quarter
of 2022, we reduced our sales forecasts for 2023 and beyond in our Adventure reporting unit. As part of our annual impairment test as of December 31,
2022, we performed a quantitative

74

    
    
Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

assessment using income-based and market-based approaches. As a result of this assessment, the carrying value of our Adventure reporting unit exceeded
the related estimated fair value, thus an impairment of goodwill of $52,071 was recorded.

Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

The following table summarizes the changes in indefinite-lived intangible assets:

Balance at December 31, 2022

Impact of foreign currency exchange rates

Balance at December 31, 2023

$

$

58,401

126

58,527

As part of our annual impairment test as of December 31, 2022, we performed a quantitative assessment using the relief-from-royalty method. As described
above, we reduced our sales forecasts for 2023 and beyond in our Adventure reporting unit. As a result of this assessment, the carrying value of the Rhino-
Rack trademark recorded within our Adventure reporting unit exceeded the estimated related fair value, thus an impairment of the Rhino-Rack trademark
of $40,240 was recorded.

If we do not achieve the results reflected in the forecasts utilized in our impairment assessments, or if there are changes to market assumptions, all of which
require significant estimates and assumptions, our valuation of the reporting unit, including related indefinite-lived intangible assets, could be adversely
affected,  and  we  may  be  required  to  impair  an  additional  portion  or  all  of  the  related  goodwill,  indefinite-lived  intangibles,  and  other  long-lived  assets
which could adversely affect our operating results in the period of impairment.

Trademarks classified as indefinite-lived intangible assets by brand as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

$

$

Black Diamond
PIEPS
Rhino-Rack
MAXTRAX

Other Intangible Assets, net

The following table summarizes the changes in gross other intangible assets:

Gross balance at December 31, 2022

Increase due to acquisitions
Impact of foreign currency exchange rates

Gross balance at December 31, 2023

75

$

December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022
19,600
2,986
25,744
10,071
58,401

19,600
3,080
25,767
10,080
58,527

$

$

$

77,889

3,805
409

82,103

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Other intangible assets, net of amortization as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Intangibles subject to amortization

Customer relationships
Product technologies
Tradenames
Core technologies

Customer relationships
Product technologies
Tradenames
Core technologies

Gross

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Weighted Average
Useful Life

December 31, 2023

$

$

$

$

61,215
18,003
1,938
947
82,103

59,770
17,009
163
947
77,889

$

$

$

$

Gross

(30,478)
(9,014)
(198)
(947)
(40,637)

$

$

30,737
8,989
1,740
-
41,466

13.8 years
10.0 years
11.4 years
10.0 years
12.9 years

December 31, 2022

Accumulated
Amortization

Net

Weighted Average
Useful Life

(22,419)
(6,091)
(136)
(947)
(29,593)

$

$

37,351
10,918
27
-
48,296

13.9 years
10.3 years
5.0 years
10.0 years
13.1 years

Amortization expense for continuing operations for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, was $10,715, $12,557, and $6,081, respectively.
Future amortization expense for other intangible assets as of December 31, 2023 is as follows:

Years Ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter

76

$

     Amortization Expense
9,935
8,324
6,510
4,750
3,496
8,451
41,466

$

    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 7. ACCRUED LIABILITIES AND OTHER LONG-TERM LIABILITIES

Accrued liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Accrued payroll and related items
Accrued bonus
Designated forward exchange contracts
Accrued warranty
Current lease liabilities
Accrued commissions
Contingent consideration liabilities
Restructuring liabilities
Other

Other long-term liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Long-term lease liability
Deferred stock consideration for business acquisition
Other

NOTE 8. LONG-TERM DEBT, NET

Long-term debt as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, was as follows:

Revolving credit facility (a)
Other debt (b)
Term loan (c)
Debt issuance costs

Less current portion

December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022

3,964
2,047
221
1,648
3,179
344
129
1,246
11,802
24,580

$

$

4,345
698
-
1,465
2,836
343
1,595
-
9,271
20,553

December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022

13,030
-
1,130
14,160

$

$

12,825
2,127
902
15,854

December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022

10,375
40
109,375
-
119,790
(119,790)
-

$

$

18,001
1,134
120,311
(460)
138,986
(11,904)
127,082

$

$

$

$

$

$

On January 3, 2022, the Company and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries entered into Amendment No. 4 (“Amendment No. 4”) to the credit
agreement, dated as of May 3, 2019 (the “Existing Credit Agreement”) by and among the Company, JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent,
and the lenders party thereto. Amendment No. 4, among other things, permits (i) the Company to borrow in Australian Dollars and New Zealand Dollars in
order to support the operations of the Company in Australia and New Zealand and (ii) provides for addbacks to EBITDA, for debt covenant purposes (as
defined in the Existing Credit Agreement), under the Existing Credit Agreement for expenses relating to activities in respect of acquisitions, dispositions,
investments and financings (whether or not these transactions are actually consummated).

On April 18, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), the Company and certain of its direct and indirect subsidiaries entered into an Amended and Restated Credit
Agreement with JPMorgan Chase Bank, N.A., as administrative agent and the lenders party thereto (the “Restated Credit Agreement”) pursuant to which
the Existing Credit Agreement was amended and restated in its entirety.

77

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The Restated Credit Agreement provides for borrowings of up to $300,000 under a secured revolving credit facility (the “Revolving Loans”) (including up
to $5,000 for letters of credit), and borrowings of up to $125,000 under a secured term loan facility (the “Term Loans”). The Restated Credit Agreement
also permits the Company, subject to certain requirements, to arrange with lenders for an aggregate of up to $175,000 of additional revolving and/or term
loan  commitments  (both  of  which  are  currently  uncommitted),  for  potential  aggregate  revolving  and  term  loan  commitments  under  the  Restated  Credit
Agreement of up to $600,000. The Restated Credit Agreement matures on April 18, 2027 (the “Maturity Date”), at which time the revolving commitments
thereunder will terminate and all outstanding Revolving Loans and Term Loans, together with all accrued and unpaid interest thereon, must be repaid.

All obligations under the Restated Credit Agreement are secured by our subsidiary equity interests, as well as accounts receivable, inventory, intellectual
property and certain other assets owned by the Company. The Restated Credit Agreement contains restrictions on the Company’s ability to pay dividends
or make distributions or other restricted payments if certain conditions in the Restated Credit Agreement are not fulfilled. The Restated Credit Agreement
also includes other customary affirmative and negative covenants, including financial covenants relating to the Company’s consolidated total leverage ratio
and fixed charge coverage ratio. In conjunction with the Precision Sport Purchase Agreement dated December 29, 2023, all balances owing the lenders and
the Administrative Agent were required to be paid off contemporaneously with the closing of the disposition of the Precision Sport segment which occurred
on February 29, 2024. Accordingly, all debt obligations were classified as current as of December 31, 2023.

(a) As  of  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  had  drawn  $10,375  on  the  revolving  commitment.  On  February  29,  2024,  upon  the  closing  of  the
disposition of the Precision Sport segment, the Company terminated and paid off amounts outstanding under the revolving credit facility in full.
The Company pays interest monthly on any borrowings on the Restated Credit Agreement. As of December 31, 2023 the interest rates ranged
between approximately 7.7% and 9.8%, and as of December 31, 2022, the interest rate was approximately 6.3%.

(b) Foreign subsidiaries of the Company had a revolving credit facility, which matured on March 31, 2023, and term debt with financial institutions,
which  matures  on August  8,  2024. The  foreign  subsidiaries  paid  interest  monthly  on  any  borrowings  on  the  credit  facility  as  well  as  monthly
payments on the term debt. As of December 31, 2023, the interest rate was approximately 3.2% and as of December 31, 2022, the interest rates
ranged between approximately 1.3% and 4.0%. The credit facility was secured by certain assets of the foreign subsidiaries. The revolving credit
facility was settled and closed as of March 31, 2023 and had no amounts outstanding.

(c) On  February  29,  2024,  upon  the  closing  of  the  disposition  of  the  Precision  Sport  segment,  the  Company  terminated  and  paid  off  amounts
outstanding  under  the  term  loan  in  full.  The  Company  pays  interest  monthly  on  any  borrowings  on  the  Restated  Credit  Agreement.  As  of
December 31, 2023 and 2022, the rates were approximately 7.7% and 6.3%, respectively.

NOTE 9. DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS

The Company’s primary exchange rate risk management objective is to mitigate the uncertainty of anticipated cash flows attributable to changes in foreign
currency exchange rates. The Company primarily focuses on mitigating changes in cash flows resulting from sales denominated in currencies other than
the  U.S.  dollar.  The  Company  manages  this  risk  primarily  by  using  currency  forward  and  option  contracts.  If  the  anticipated  transactions  are  deemed
probable, the resulting relationships are formally designated as cash flow hedges. The Company accounts for these contracts as cash flow hedges and tests
effectiveness by determining whether changes in the expected cash flow of the derivative offset, within a range, changes in the expected cash flow of the
hedged item.

At  December  31,  2023,  the  Company’s  derivative  contracts  had  remaining  maturities  of  less  than  one  and  one-half  years.  The  counterparties  to  these
transactions  had  both  long-term  and  short-term  investment  grade  credit  ratings.  The  maximum  net  exposure  of  the  Company’s  credit  risk  to  the
counterparties is generally limited to the aggregate unrealized loss of all contracts with that counterparty, which was $256 as of December 31, 2023. The
Company’s exposure of counterparty credit risk is limited to the aggregate unrealized gain on all contracts. As of December 31, 2023, there was no such
exposure to the counterparties. The Company’s derivative counterparties have strong credit ratings and as a result, the Company does not require collateral
to facilitate transactions.

78

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The Company held the following contracts designated as hedged instruments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Foreign exchange contracts - Canadian Dollars
Foreign exchange contracts - Euros

Foreign exchange contracts - Canadian Dollars
Foreign exchange contracts - Euros

December 31, 2023

Notional
Amount

$7,925
€ 20,612

Latest
Maturity

February 2025
February 2025

December 31, 2022

Notional
Amount

$2,807
€ 20,760

Latest
Maturity

February 2023
February 2024

For contracts that qualify as effective hedge instruments, the effective portion of gains and losses resulting from changes in fair value of the instruments are
included in accumulated other comprehensive loss and reclassified to sales in the period the underlying hedged transaction is recognized in earnings. Gains
of $393 and $3,124 were reclassified to sales during the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

The following table presents the balance sheet classification and fair value of derivative instruments as of December 31, 2023 and 2022:

Derivative instruments in asset positions:

Designated forward exchange contracts

Derivative instruments in liability positions:
Designated forward exchange contracts
Designated forward exchange contracts

Classification

     December 31, 2023      December 31, 2022

Prepaid and other current
assets

Accrued liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

$

$
$

-

221
35

$

$
$

357

-
6

NOTE 10. ACCUMULATED OTHER COMPREHENSIVE LOSS

Accumulated  other  comprehensive  loss  (“AOCI”)  primarily  consists  of  foreign  currency  translation  adjustments  and  changes  in  our  forward  foreign
exchange contracts. The components of AOCI, net of tax, were as follows:

Balance as of December 31, 2022
Other comprehensive income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive income
Net current period other comprehensive income (loss)
Balance as of December 31, 2023

Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Cash Flow
Hedges

Total

(17,628)
2,405
-
2,405
(15,223)

$

$

(57)
169
(303)
(134)
(191)

$

$

(17,685)
2,574
(303)
2,271
(15,414)

$

$

79

    
    
    
    
Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Unrealized Gains
(Losses) on Cash Flow
Hedges

Total

Balance as of December 31, 2021
Other comprehensive (loss) income before reclassifications
Amounts reclassified from other comprehensive (loss) income
Net current period other comprehensive loss
Balance as of December 31, 2022

$

$

(5,241)
(12,387)
-
(12,387)
(17,628)

$

$

191
2,163
(2,411)
(248)
(57)

$

$

(5,050)
(10,224)
(2,411)
(12,635)
(17,685)

The effects on net (loss) income of amounts reclassified from unrealized gains (losses) on cash flow hedges for foreign exchange contracts and foreign
currency translation adjustments for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Affected line item in the Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive Loss

Foreign exchange contracts:
Sales
Less: Income tax expense
Amount reclassified, net of tax

Total reclassifications from AOCI

Gains reclassified from AOCI to the Consolidated Statements of
Comprehensive Loss
Twelve Months Ended

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

$

$

$

393
90
303

303

$

$

$

3,124
713
2,411

2,411

The Company’s policy is to classify reclassifications of cumulative foreign currency translation associated with continuing operations from AOCI to Other,
net.

NOTE 11. FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

We measure certain financial assets and liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Fair value is defined as an exit price, representing the amount that
would be received to sell an asset or paid to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, under a three-tier fair value hierarchy
which prioritizes the inputs used in measuring fair value as follows:

Level 1 - inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted market prices for identical assets or liabilities in active markets.

Level 2 - inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices in markets that are not active or model inputs that are observable either directly or

indirectly for substantially the full term of the asset or liability.

Level 3 - inputs to the valuation methodology are based on prices or valuation techniques that are unobservable.

80

    
    
    
Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis

Assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis at December 31, 2023 and 2022 were as follows:

Assets
  Designated forward exchange contracts

Liabilities
  Designated forward exchange contracts
  Contingent consideration liabilities

Assets
  Designated forward exchange contracts

Liabilities
  Designated forward exchange contracts
  Contingent consideration liabilities

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

December 31, 2023

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

$
$
$

Level 1

-
-

-
-
-

-
-

-
-
-

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

$
$
$

-
-

256
-
256

$
$

$
$
$

December 31, 2022

Level 2

Level 3

357
357

6
-
6

$
$

$
$
$

-
-

-
129
129

-
-

-
1,595
1,595

$
$

$
$
$

$
$

$
$
$

Total

-
-

256
129
385

357
357

6
1,595
1,601

Derivative financial instruments are recorded at fair value based on current market pricing models. No nonrecurring fair value measurements existed at
December 31, 2023 and 2022.

The  Company  estimated  the  initial  fair  value  of  the  contingent  consideration  liabilities  primarily  using  the  Monte-Carlo  pricing  model.  Significant
unobservable  inputs  used  in  the  valuation  included  a  discount  rate  of  11.5%.  Contingent  consideration  liabilities  are  subsequently  remeasured  at  the
estimated fair value at the end of each reporting period using financial projections of the acquired company, such as sales-based milestones and estimated
probabilities  of  achievement,  with  the  change  in  fair  value  recognized  in  contingent  consideration  (benefit)  expense  in  the  accompanying  consolidated
statements of comprehensive (loss) income for such period. We measure the initial liability and remeasure the liability on a recurring basis using Level 3
inputs as defined under authoritative guidance for fair value measurements.

The net sales threshold required for the payment of the Rhino-Rack Contingent Consideration was not met during the measurement period ended June 30,
2022.  The  net  sales  threshold  required  for  the  payment  of  the  2022  portion  of  the  MAXTRAX  Contingent  Consideration  was  met  during  the  2022
measurement period ended June 30, 2022. The net sales threshold required for the final payment of the MAXTRAX Contingent Consideration was not met
during the measurement period ended June 30, 2023. During the year ended December 31, 2022, $AUD 3,125 was paid in cash in accordance with the
MAXTRAX Purchase Agreement.

81

    
    
    
    
    
    
    
    
Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the changes in contingent consideration liabilities:

Balance at December 31, 2021

Fair value adjustments
Contingent consideration payments
Impact of foreign currency exchange rates

Balance at December 31, 2022

Increase due to acquisition of TRED
Fair value adjustments
Impact of foreign currency exchange rates

Balance at December 31, 2023

TRED

MAXTRAX

Rhino-Rack

Total

-

-
-
-

-

121
-
8

1,672

2,304
(2,148)
(233)

$

1,595

$

-
(1,565)
(30)

129

$

-

$

1,813

(1,811)
-
(2)

-

-
-
-

-

$

$

3,485

493
(2,148)
(235)

1,595

121
(1,565)
(22)

129

$

$

As the contingent consideration liabilities are remeasured to fair value each reporting period, significant increases or decreases in projected sales, discount
rates or the time until payment is made could have resulted in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. Our determination of fair value of the
contingent consideration liabilities could change in future periods based on our ongoing evaluation of these significant unobservable inputs.

Items Measured at Fair Value on a Non-Recurring Basis

In assessing the recoverability of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, management estimates the fair value of each reporting unit using Level 3
inputs through a combination of the income approach based upon projected discounted cash flows of the reporting unit and the market approach. The fair
value of indefinite-lived intangible assets is estimated using Level 3 inputs through the income approach, specifically the relief-from-royalty method. The
fair values are based on revenue and cash flow projections, royalty rates, and discount rates. Impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets
was $0, $92,311, and $0 during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. See Note 6 for additional information.

NOTE 12. STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY

On August 6, 2018, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved the initiation of a quarterly cash dividend program of $0.025 per share of
the Company’s common stock (the “Quarterly Cash Dividend”) or $0.10 per share on an annualized basis. The declaration and payment of future Quarterly
Cash  Dividends  is  subject  to  the  discretion  of  and  approval  of  the  Company’s  Board  of  Directors.  In  2023,  2022  and  2021  our  total  Quarterly  Cash
Dividends were $3,750, $3,721 and $3,335, respectively. On March 5, 2024, the Company announced that its Board of Directors approved the payment on
March 18, 2024 of the Quarterly Cash Dividend of $0.025 to the record holders of shares of the Company’s common stock as of the close of business on
March 28, 2024.

On October 25, 2021, the Company entered into an underwriting agreement with BofA Securities, Inc., as representative of the several underwriters named
therein (the “Underwriters”), relating to the public offer and sale of 2,750 shares of the Company’s common stock at a price to the public of $27.00 per
share. The Underwriters received an underwriting discount of 6%, or $1.62 per share, in connection with the sale of the shares of Common Stock in the
offering. In addition, the Company granted the Underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to 413 additional shares of common stock on the same terms
and conditions which was fully exercised. The net proceeds to the Company from the offering, including the Underwriters’ exercise of their 30-day option
but before expenses and after deducting the applicable underwriting discounts and commissions, were $80,264.

82

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

NOTE 13. EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share is computed by dividing earnings (loss) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding during each period.
Diluted  earnings  (loss)  per  share  is  computed  by  dividing  earnings  (loss)  by  the  total  of  the  weighted  average  number  of  shares  of  common  stock
outstanding during each period, plus the effect of dilutive outstanding stock options and unvested restricted stock grants. Potentially dilutive securities are
excluded from the computation of diluted earnings (loss) per share if their effect is anti-dilutive to the loss from continuing operations.

The following table is a reconciliation of basic and diluted shares of common stock outstanding used in the calculation of earnings (loss) per share:

Weighted average shares outstanding - basic
Effect of dilutive stock awards
Effect of dilutive deferred stock consideration for business acquisition
Weighted average shares outstanding - diluted

(Loss) income from continuing operations per share:

Basic
Diluted

Income from discontinued operations per share:

Basic
Diluted

Net (loss) income per share:

Basic
Diluted

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

37,485
-
-
37,485

$

$

$

(0.42)
(0.42)

0.15
0.15

(0.27)
(0.27)

37,201
-
-
37,201

$

$

$

(2.49)
(2.49)

0.62
0.62

(1.88)
(1.88)

33,136
2,509
41
35,686

0.06
0.06

0.72
0.67

0.79
0.73

$

$

$

For  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022,  and  2021,  equity  awards  of  5,424,  6,060,  and  509,  respectively,  were  outstanding  and  anti-dilutive  and
therefore not included in the calculation of net (loss) income per share for these periods.

NOTE 14. STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION PLAN

Under the Company’s current 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (the “2015 Plan”), the Company’s Board of Directors (the “Board of Directors”) has flexibility to
determine the type and amount of awards to be granted to eligible participants, who must be employees, directors, officers or consultants of the Company
or its subsidiaries. The 2015 Plan allows for grants of incentive stock options, nonqualified stock options, restricted stock awards, stock appreciation rights,
and restricted units. The aggregate number of shares of common stock that may be granted through awards under the 2015 Plan to any employee in any
calendar year may not exceed 500 shares. The 2015 Plan will continue in effect until December 2025 unless terminated sooner. As of December 31, 2023,
the number of shares authorized and reserved for issuance under the 2015 Plan is 10,187 shares, subject to automatic annual increase equal to 5% of the
total number of shares of the Company’s outstanding common stock.

Options Granted:

During  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  the  Company  issued  stock  options  for  an  aggregate  of  75  shares  under  the  2015  Plan  to  directors  of  the
Company. All 75 options vest and become exercisable over a period of one year. All of the issued stock options expire ten years from the date of the grant.

83

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

For computing the fair value of the stock-based awards, the fair value of each option grant has been estimated as of the date of grant using the Black-
Scholes option-pricing model with the following assumptions:

Number of options
Option vesting period
Grant price (per share)
Dividend yield
Expected volatility (a)
Risk-free interest rate
Expected life (years) (b)
Weighted average fair value (per share)

2023

75
1 Year
$7.91
1.26%
47.8%
3.69%
5.31
$2.48

2022

2021

430
1 - 3 Years
$18.67 - $27.65
0.36% - 0.54%
38.6% - 40.9%
1.46% - 3.38%
5.31 - 6.01
$7.82 - $10.41

10
Immediate
$21.83
0.46%
39.4%
1.66%
5.50
$8.03

500
1 - 3 Years
$15.15 - $24.43
0.41% - 0.66%
39.1% - 43.6%
0.50% - 1.02%
5.31 - 6.00
$5.88 - $9.23

(a) Expected volatility is based upon the Company’s historical volatility.

(b) The expected term was determined based upon the underlying terms of the awards and the category and employment history of employee

award recipient.

Using these assumptions, the fair value of the stock options granted during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $186, $3,661, and
$3,239, respectively, which will be amortized as stock-based compensation expense over the vesting period of the options.

Market Condition Restricted Shares Granted:

On March 14, 2023, the Company awarded the Executive Chairman 500 restricted shares under the 2015 Plan, of which 250 and 250 shares will vest if, on
or before March 14, 2033, the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the Company’s common stock shall have equaled or exceeded $15.00 and
$18.00 per share for twenty consecutive trading days, respectively. For computing the fair value of the restricted shares with a market condition, the fair
value of the restricted stock award grant has been estimated as of the date of grant using the Monte-Carlo pricing model with the assumptions below.

On  March  4,  2022,  the  Company  issued  and  granted  to  the  Executive  Chairman  and  certain  employees  restricted  stock  awards  of  700  restricted  shares
under  the  2015  Plan,  of  which  700  restricted  shares  will  vest  if,  on  or  before  March  4,  2032,  the  Fair  Market  Value  (as  defined  in  the  Plan)  of  the
Company’s  common  stock  shall  have  equaled  or  exceeded  $50.00  per  share  for  twenty  consecutive  trading  days.  For  computing  the  fair  value  of  the
restricted shares with a market condition, the fair value of the restricted stock award grant has been estimated as of the date of grant using the Monte-Carlo
pricing model with the assumptions below.

On May 28, 2021, the Company issued and granted to the Executive Chairman a restricted stock award of 500 restricted shares under the 2015 Plan, of
which 500 restricted shares will vest if, on or before May 28, 2024, the Fair Market Value (as defined in the Plan) of the Company’s common stock shall
have  equaled  or  exceeded  $35.00  per  share  for  twenty  consecutive  trading  days.  For  computing  the  fair  value  of  the  restricted  shares  with  a  market
condition,  the  fair  value  of  the  restricted  stock  award  grant  has  been  estimated  as  of  the  date  of  grant  using  the  Monte-Carlo  pricing  model  with  the
assumptions below.

84

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

March 14, 2023

March 4, 2022

May 28, 2021

Number issued
Vesting period
Grant price (per share)
Dividend yield
Expected volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected term (years)
Weighted average fair value (per share)

500

$15.00 - $18.00 stock price target

$9.60
1.04%
45.2%
3.64%
2.56 - 3.22
$7.84 - $8.34

700
$50.00 stock price target
$21.83
0.46%
41.0%
1.74%
4.15
$15.37

500
$35.00 stock price target
$23.69
0.42%
42.3%
0.30%
1.05
$14.46

Using these assumptions, the fair value of the market condition restricted stock awards granted on March 14, 2023, March 4, 2022, and May 28, 2021 were
approximately $4,046, $10,761, and $7,230, respectively.

The total non-cash stock compensation expense for continuing operations related to stock options and restricted stock awards recorded by the Company
was as follows:

Restricted stock awards
Stock options
Total

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

$

2,540
2,601
5,141

$

$

6,122
5,076
11,198

$

$

5,241
4,236
9,477

For the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, stock-based compensation costs were classified as selling, general and administrative expense. A
summary of changes in outstanding options and restricted stock awards during the year ended December 31, 2023 is as follows:

Options

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

Aggregate Intrinsic
Value

Restricted Stock
Awards

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

4,246

$

11.46

$

Granted
Exercised or vested
Expired
Cancelled
Forfeited
Outstanding at December 31, 2023

Options exercisable at December 31, 2023

2.48
6.82
14.28
-
-
11.45

$

11.06

$

$

75
(504)
(387)
-
(191)
3,239

3,087

85

1,546

500
(192)
-
-
(237)
1,617

-

-

-

    
    
    
Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following table summarizes the exercise price range, weighted average exercise price, and remaining contractual lives by significant ranges for options
outstanding and exercisable as of December 31, 2023:

Exercise Price Range
$4.38 - $8.02
$8.02 - $27.65

Outstanding

Exercisable

Outstanding

Exercisable

Remaining Life In Years

1,477
1,762
3,239

1,459
1,628
3,087

4.7
6.9
6.3

Weighted Average
Exercise Price

4.7
6.9
6.3

$
$
$

6.44
15.20
11.06

The  intrinsic  value  of  options  exercised  was  $351,  $4,381,  and  $3,425  during  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022,  and  2021,  respectively.  The
intrinsic value of restricted stock awards vested was $1,891, $3,336, and $1,623 during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively.
Total fair value of options vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $3,461, $5,361, and $3,227, respectively. Total fair value
of restricted stock awards vested during the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021 was $1,438, $1,157, and $991, respectively.

The fair value of unvested restricted stock awards is determined based on the market price of our shares of common stock on the grant date or using the
Monte-Carlo pricing model. As of December 31, 2023, there were 153 unvested stock options and unrecognized compensation cost of $1,053 related to
unvested  stock  options,  as  well  as  1,617  unvested  restricted  stock  awards  and  unrecognized  compensation  cost  of  $7,209  related  to  unvested  restricted
stock  awards.  Unrecognized  compensation  cost  of  unvested  stock  options  and  restricted  stock  awards  are  expected  to  be  recognized  over  the  weighted
average period of 1.0 years and 2.2 years, respectively.

NOTE 15. RESTRUCTURING

Starting in 2023, the Company began incurring expenses to facilitate long-term sustainable growth through cost reduction actions, consisting of employee
reductions, facility rationalization and contract termination costs. During the year ended December 31, 2023, the Company incurred $3,223 of restructuring
charges  related  to  these  actions.  The  Company  accrues  for  restructuring  costs  when  they  are  probable  and  reasonably  estimable.  These  costs  include
severance costs, exit costs, and other restructuring costs and are included in Restructuring charges in the consolidated statements of comprehensive (loss)
income.  Severance  costs  primarily  consist  of  severance  benefits  through  payroll  continuation,  conditional  separation  costs  and  employer  tax  liabilities,
while exit costs primarily consist of lease exit and contract termination costs. Other costs consist primarily of costs related to the discontinuance of certain
product lines and are distinguishable and directly attributable to the Company’s restructuring initiative and not a result of external market factors associated
with the ongoing business. We estimate that we will incur restructuring costs related to employee-related costs and facility exit costs during the year 2024;
however,  the  Company  cannot  estimate  the  total  amount  expected  to  be  incurred  as  cost  reduction  actions  continue  to  be  evaluated.  The  Company
anticipates completing these restructuring activities in 2024.

86

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The  following  table  summarizes  the  restructuring  charges,  payments  and  the  remaining  liabilities  related  to  restructuring  costs  at  December  31,  2023,
which are included within accrued liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Outdoor

Adventure

Corporate

Total

Balance at December 31, 2022
Charges to expense:

Employee termination benefits
Exit costs
Other costs

Total restructuring charges
Cash payments and non-cash charges:

Cash payments
Product discontinuance
Asset impairments

Balance at December 31, 2023

$

$

$

-

859
1,125
770
2,754

(737)
(251)
(520)
1,246

$

$

$

NOTE 16. COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

-

306
-
-
306

(306)
-
-
-

$

$

$

-

163
-
-
163

(163)
-
-
-

$

$

$

-

1,328
1,125
770
3,223

(1,206)
(251)
(520)
1,246

As a consumer goods manufacturer and distributor, the Company faces the risk of product liability and related lawsuits involving claims for substantial
money damages, product recall actions and higher than anticipated rates of warranty returns or other returns of goods. The Company is therefore vulnerable
to various personal injury and property damage lawsuits relating to its products and incidental to its business.

The Company is involved in various legal disputes and other legal proceedings that arise from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Anticipated
costs related to litigation matters are accrued when it is both probable that a liability has been incurred and the amount can be reasonably estimated. Based
on  currently  available  information,  the  Company  does  not  believe  that  it  is  reasonably  possible  that  the  disposition  of  any  of  the  legal  disputes  the
Company or its subsidiaries is currently involved in will have a material adverse effect upon the Company’s consolidated financial condition, results of
operations or cash flows, except for the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) matter discussed below. There is a reasonable possibility of
loss from contingencies in excess of the amounts accrued by the Company in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets; however, the actual amounts
of  such  possible  losses  cannot  currently  be  reasonably  estimated  by  the  Company  at  this  time.  It  is  possible  that,  as  additional  information  becomes
available, the impact on the Company could have a material effect. See Item 3. “Legal Proceedings.” and Item 1A. “Risk Factors.”

U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission

In January 2021, Black Diamond Equipment, Ltd. (“BDEL”) wrote to the U.S. Consumer Product Safety Commission (“CPSC”) outlining its new cradle
solution  for  certain  models  of  its  avalanche  beacon  transceivers  to  prevent  such  transceivers  from  switching  unexpectedly  out  of  “send”  mode.  The
proposed  new  cradle  solution  was  designed  to  improve  transceiver  safety  by  locking  the  transceiver  into  “send”  mode  prior  to  use  so  that  it  would  not
switch unexpectedly out of “send” mode. BDEL also requested approval for the CPSC Fast-Track Program for a voluntary product recall to implement this
cradle solution. The CPSC approved the recall and entered into a Corrective Action Plan agreement with BDEL in March 2021. BDEL received a letter
from  the  CPSC,  dated  October  28,  2021,  stating  that  the  CPSC  is  investigating  whether  BDEL  has  timely  complied  with  the  reporting  requirements  of
Section 15(b) of the Consumer Protection Safety Act and related regulations regarding certain models of avalanche transceivers switching unexpectedly out
of “send” mode.

Separately, on April 21, 2022, BDEL filed a Section 15(b) report and applied for Fast-Track consideration for a voluntary recall, consisting of free repair or
replacement of such malfunctioning models of avalanche transceivers, which would not switch from “send” mode to “search” mode due to an electronic
malfunction in the reed switch or foil. The CPSC approved the recall and entered into a Corrective Action Plan agreement with BDEL in August 2022.
BDEL  received  a  letter  from  the  CPSC,  dated  January  17,  2023,  stating  that  the  CPSC  is  investigating  whether  BDEL  has  timely  complied  with  the
reporting requirements of Section 15(b) of the Consumer

87

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Protection Safety Act and related regulations regarding the malfunction in the reed switch or foil in certain models of avalanche transceivers switching out
of “search” mode. BDEL responded to the CPSC’s investigation by letter dated March 31, 2023, accompanied with documents responsive to the CPSC’s
requests. The CPSC asked for further clarification and documents, and BDEL sent a responsive letter accompanied by additional documents on June 23,
2023.  On  September  6,  2023,  the  CPSC  requested  further  clarification  and  information  regarding  the  reed  switch  issue,  to  which  BDEL  responded  on
October 6 and 13, 2023.

By letters dated October 12, 2023 and December 18, 2023, BDEL was notified by the CPSC that the agency staff has concluded we failed to timely meet
our  statutory  reporting  obligations  under  the  Consumer  Product  Safety Act  with  respect  to  certain  models  of  BDEL’s  avalanche  transceivers  switching
unexpectedly out of “send” mode and certain models of BDEL’s avalanche transceivers not switching from “send” mode into “search” mode, that we made
a  material  misrepresentation  in  a  report  to  the  CPSC,  and  that  the  agency  staff  intends  to  recommend  that  the  CPSC  impose  substantial  civil  monetary
penalties.

On November 20, 2023 and February 8, 2024, respectively, we submitted a comprehensive response disputing the CPSC’s findings and conclusions in the
October 12, 2023 and December 18, 2023 letters, including the amount of any potential penalties. The CPSC may ultimately disagree with our position and
the agency staff has recommended substantial civil monetary penalties which the Company intends to strongly contest and vigorously defend against. We
cannot assure on what terms this matter will be resolved.

Based on currently available information, the Company cannot estimate the amount of the loss (or range of loss) in connection with this matter. We believe
it is reasonably possible that a change in our ability to estimate the amount of loss could occur in the near term and that the change in the estimate could be
material. In addition, as this matter is ongoing, the Company is currently unable to predict its duration, resources required or outcome, or the impact it may
have on the Company’s liquidity, financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows. A penalty imposed by the CPSC or other regulators could be
costly to us and could damage our business and reputation as well as have a material adverse effect on the Company’s liquidity, stock price, consolidated
financial position, results of operations and/or cash flows.

NOTE 17. INCOME TAXES

Consolidated (loss) income from continuing operations before income taxes consists of the following:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

U.S. operations
Foreign operations
Loss from continuing operations before income tax

$

$

(19,929)
(150)
(20,079)

$

$

(24,318)
(83,200)
(107,518)

$

$

(14,043)
(3,068)
(17,111)

88

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The components of the benefit for income taxes attributable to continuing operations consist of the following:

Current:

Federal
State and local
Foreign

Deferred:
Federal
State and local
Foreign

Change in valuation allowance for deferred income taxes

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

$

-
90
833
923

(4,972)
2,909
(542)
(2,605)
(2,609)
(5,214)

$

-
150
1,575
1,725

(1,338)
604
(14,652)
(15,386)
(1,055)
(16,441)

(6,064)
(162)
2,057
(4,169)

4,453
472
(2,020)
2,905
(17,970)
(15,065)

Income tax benefit

$

(4,291)

$

(14,716)

$

(19,234)

The allocation of income tax expense (benefit) between continuing and discontinued operations was as follows:

Continuing operations
Discontinued operations

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

$

(4,291)
2,024
(2,267)

$

$

(14,716)
7,365
(7,351)

$

$

(19,234)
7,020
(12,214)

The Company’s foreign operations that are considered to be permanently reinvested have statutory tax rates of approximately 24% to 30%.

89

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The following is a reconciliation of the statutory federal income tax rate to the effective rate reported in the Company’s financial statements:

Statutory income tax (benefit) expense
Increase (decrease) in income taxes resulting from:

Foreign taxes
State income taxes, net of federal income taxes
Income tax credits
Stock options
Change in effective state rate
Deferred tax asset write-offs
Executive compensation limitation
Change in valuation allowance
Impairment of goodwill
Research and development expenditure
Fair value inventory step-up
Transaction costs

Income tax (benefit) expense

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

(21.0)%

0.6
(1.9)
(6.6)
1.2
-
13.0
4.4
(13.0)
-
1.9
-
-
(21.4)%

(21.0)%

(3.5)
1.0
(1.3)
(0.9)
0.1
-
2.2
(1.0)
10.3
0.4
-
-
(13.7)%

(21.0) %

1.0
3.7
(6.3)
(4.5)
0.2
-
5.9
(105.0)
-
1.4
3.9
8.3
(112.4)%

The deferred tax asset write-offs relate to NOLs that were fully offset by a release in the valuation allowance.

90

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Deferred income tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the difference between the financial reporting carrying amounts and tax bases of existing
assets and liabilities and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Significant components of the Company’s existing deferred income tax assets and
liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022 are as follows:

Deferred tax assets:

Net operating loss, capital loss and research & experimentation credit carryforwards
Capitalized research and development costs
Capitalized costs to self-constructed property
Non-cash compensation
Accrued liabilities
Reserves and other
Lease liabilities
Intangibles

$

Valuation allowance
Net deferred tax assets

Deferred tax liabilities:

Depreciation
Intangibles
Right-of-use assets
Other

Total

December 31,

2023

2022

$

6,752
8,937
10,593
2,360
1,655
4,624
3,902
1,070
39,893
(714)
39,179

(1,712)
(28,470)
(3,647)
(605)
(34,434)

10,685
8,205
7,892
2,534
1,472
1,960
-
224
32,972
(3,323)
29,649

(1,390)
(28,319)
-
(534)
(30,243)

$

4,745

$

(594)

Certain  deferred  income  tax  balances  are  not  netted  as  they  represent  deferred  amounts  applicable  to  different  taxing  jurisdictions.  The  Company  has
provided a valuation allowance against a portion of the deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023, because the ultimate realization of those assets does
not meet the more-likely-than-not criteria. The majority of the Company’s deferred tax assets consist of net operating loss carryforwards for federal tax
purposes. If a change in control were to occur, these could be limited under Section 382 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 (“Code”), as amended.

In assessing the realizability of deferred income tax assets, management considers whether it is more likely than not that some portion or all of the deferred
income tax assets will not be realized. The ultimate realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon the generation of future taxable income during the
periods  in  which  those  temporary  differences  become  deductible  and  net  operating  loss  and  credit  carryforwards  expire.  The  estimates  and  judgments
associated with the Company’s valuation allowance on deferred tax assets are considered critical due to the amount of deferred tax assets recorded by the
Company on its consolidated balance sheets and the judgment required in determining the Company’s potential for future taxable income. The need for a
valuation allowance is reassessed at each reporting period.

91

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The  net  change  in  the  valuation  allowance  for  deferred  income  tax  assets  was  ($2,609),  ($1,055),  and  ($17,970)  during  the  years  ended  December  31,
2023, 2022, and 2021, respectively. A roll forward of our valuation allowance for deferred income tax assets for the years ended December 31, 2023, 2022,
and 2021 is as follows:

Balance at Beginning of
Year

Charged to Costs and
Expenses

Other Adjustments

Balance at End of Year

2021
2022
2023

$
$
$

22,348
4,378
3,323

$
$
$

(17,970)
51
26

$
$
$

-
(1,106)
(2,635)

$
$
$

4,378
3,323
714

As of December 31, 2023, the Company has net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) and research and experimentation credit for U.S. federal income
tax purposes of $7,699 and $2,997, respectively. The Company believes its U.S. Federal NOLs will substantially offset its future U.S. Federal income taxes
until expiration. The majority of the Company’s pre-tax income is currently earned and expected to be earned in the U.S., or taxed in the U.S. as Subpart F.
income and will be offset with the NOLs. There are no NOLs that expire on December 31, 2024.

NOLs available to offset taxable income, subject to compliance with Section 382 of the Code, begin to expire based upon the following schedule:

Net Operating Loss Carryforward Expiration Dates
December 31, 2023

Expiration Dates December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027 and beyond
Total

Net Operating Loss
Amount

$

$

-
-
-
7,699
7,699

Tax positions are recognized in the financial statements when it is more likely than not that the position will be sustained upon examination by the tax
authorities.  The  Company  conducts  its  business  globally.  As  a  result,  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  file  income  tax  returns  in  the  U.S.  federal
jurisdiction and various state and foreign jurisdictions and are subject to examination for the open tax years in the U.S. federal and state jurisdictions of
2016  through  2022  and  in  the  foreign  jurisdictions  of  2008  through  2022.  The  Company  recognizes  interest  and  penalties  related  to  unrecognized  tax
benefits in income tax expense.

A  reconciliation  of  the  beginning  and  ending  amount  of  total  unrecognized  tax  benefits  for  the  years  ended  December  31,  2023,  2022  and  2021  is  as
follows:

Balance, beginning of year
Additions for current year tax positions
Additions for prior year tax positions
Reductions for prior year tax positions
Reductions due to statute expirations
Balance, end of year

2023

December 31,
2022

2021

813
98
8
-
(29)
890

$

$

696
159
-
(42)
-
813

$

$

427
143
237
(111)
-
696

$

$

92

    
Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Included in the balance of total unrecognized tax benefits at December 31, 2023 and 2022, are potential benefits of $930 and $813, respectively, that if
recognized, would affect the effective rate, subject to impact of valuation allowance, on income from continuing operations. Unrecognized tax benefits that
reduce a net operating loss, similar tax loss or tax credit carryforward are presented as a reduction to deferred income taxes. As a result, the Company
classified $516 and $454 of its unrecognized tax benefit as a reduction to deferred tax assets as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, respectively.

Interest and penalty expense recognized related to uncertain tax positions were not significant during the years ending December 31, 2023, 2022, and 2021,
respectively. Total accrued interest and penalties as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were not significant.

NOTE 18. SEGMENT INFORMATION

We operate our business structure within two segments. These segments are defined based on the internal financial reporting used by our chief operating
decision maker to allocate resources and assess performance. Certain significant selling and general and administrative expenses are not allocated to the
segments including non-cash stock compensation expense. Each segment is described below:

● Our  Outdoor  segment,  which  includes  Black  Diamond  Equipment  and  PIEPS,  is  a  global  leader  in  designing,  manufacturing,  and  marketing
innovative  outdoor  engineered  equipment  and  apparel  for  climbing,  mountaineering,  trail  running,  backpacking,  skiing,  and  a  wide  range  of
other year-round outdoor recreation activities. Our Outdoor segment offers a broad range of products including: high-performance, activity-based
apparel (such as shells, insulation, midlayers, pants and logowear); rock-climbing footwear and equipment (such as carabiners, protection devices,
harnesses, belay devices, helmets, and ice-climbing gear); technical backpacks and high-end day packs; trekking poles; headlamps and lanterns;
and  gloves  and  mittens.  We  also  offer  advanced  skis,  ski  poles,  ski  skins,  and  snow  safety  products,  including  avalanche  airbag  systems,
avalanche transceivers, shovels, and probes.

● Our Adventure  segment,  which  includes  Rhino-Rack,  MAXTRAX,  and TRED,  is  a  manufacturer  of  highly-engineered  automotive  roof  racks,
trays, mounting systems, luggage boxes, carriers, recovery boards and accessories in Australia and New Zealand and a growing presence in the
United States.

As noted above, the Company has a wide variety of technical outdoor equipment and lifestyle products that are sold to a variety of customers in multiple
end markets. While there are multiple products sold, the terms and nature of revenue recognition policy is similar for all segments.

93

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Financial information for our segments, as well as revenue by geography, which the Company believes provides a meaningful depiction how the nature,
timing and uncertainty of revenue are affected by economic factors, is as follows:

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

Sales to external customers:
Outdoor

Domestic sales
International sales
Total Outdoor

Adventure

Domestic sales
International sales
Total Adventure

Total sales to external customers
Segment operating (loss) income:

Outdoor
Adventure

Total segment operating (loss) income
Restructuring charges
Transaction costs
Contingent consideration benefit (expense)
Corporate and other expenses
Interest income (expense), net
Loss before income tax

$

$

99,031
105,022
204,053

13,354
68,613
81,967
286,020

(2,401)
(351)
(2,752)
(3,223)
(593)
1,565
(15,143)
67
(20,079)

$

$

108,304
114,041
222,345

24,514
68,392
92,906
315,251

14,710
(97,201)
(82,491)
-
(2,818)
(493)
(21,716)
-
(107,518)

$

$

There were no intercompany sales between the Outdoor and Adventure segments for the periods presented.

Total assets by segment, as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Outdoor
Adventure
Corporate

December 31,

2023

2022

$

$

163,083
185,023
9,948
358,054

$

$

94

112,775
108,057
220,832

12,044
33,095
45,139
265,971

16,171
(2,196)
13,975
-
(11,520)
1,605
(21,154)
(17)
(17,111)

175,820
181,867
14,995
372,682

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

Capital expenditures, depreciation and amortization by segment is as follows.

Capital expenditures:

Outdoor
Adventure

Total capital expenditures
Depreciation:
Outdoor
Adventure

Total depreciation
Amortization:

Outdoor
Adventure

Total amortization

NOTE 19. LEASES

2023

Year Ended December 31,
2022

2021

$

$

$

$

$

$

1,542
2,080
3,622

2,848
1,302
4,150

1,057
9,658
10,715

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,714
2,689
5,403

3,180
1,208
4,388

1,001
11,556
12,557

$

$

$

$

$

$

3,120
777
3,897

2,888
464
3,352

1,030
5,051
6,081

The Company has entered into leases for certain facilities, vehicles and other equipment. Our leases have remaining contractual terms of up to seven years,
some of which include options to extend the leases for up to five years. Our lease costs are primarily related to facility leases for inventory warehousing,
administration offices and vehicles. The Company’s finance leases are immaterial.

Lease ROU assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2023 and 2022, were as follows:

Balance Sheet Classification

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

Assets

Lease ROU assets

Liabilities

Current lease liabilities
Noncurrent lease liabilities

Lease costs were as follows:

Lease costs
Variable lease costs
Short-term lease costs

Other long-term assets

Accrued liabilities
Other long-term liabilities

Affected line item in the Consolidated
Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income
Cost of goods sold, Selling, general and administrative
Cost of goods sold, Selling, general and administrative
Cost of goods sold, Selling, general and administrative

95

$

$
$

$

$

15,180 $

3,179 $
13,030 $

15,189

2,836
12,825

Year Ended

December 31, 2023

December 31, 2022

4,147 $
1,255
624
6,026 $

2,532
527
1,249
4,308

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

The maturity of lease liabilities as of December 31, 2023 are as follows:

Years Ending December 31,
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
Thereafter
Total future lease payments
Less: amount representing interest
Present value of future lease payments
Less: current lease obligations
Long-term lease obligations

Lease Payments

3,756
3,836
3,026
2,203
2,223
3,104
18,148
(1,939)
16,209
(3,179)
13,030

$

$

As of December 31, 2023, our leases have a weighted-average remaining lease term of 5.3 years and a weighted-average discount rate of 3.9%.

NOTE 20. RELATED PARTY TRANSACTIONS

As  part  of  the  TRED  Acquisition,  on  October  9,  2023,  the  Company  paid  a  fee  in  the  amount  of  $150  to  Kanders  &  Company,  Inc.  (“Kanders  &
Company”)  in  consideration  of  the  significant  support  received  by  the  Company  from  Kanders  &  Company  in  sourcing,  structuring,  performing  due
diligence and negotiating the TRED Acquisition. As part of the Rhino-Rack Acquisition, on July 1, 2021, the Company paid a fee in the amount of $1,750
to  Kanders  &  Company  in  consideration  of  the  significant  support  received  by  the  Company  from  Kanders  &  Company  in  sourcing,  structuring,
performing  due  diligence  and  negotiating  the  Rhino-Rack  Acquisition.  Mr.  Warren  B.  Kanders,  the  Company’s  Executive  Chairman  of  the  Board  of
Directors, is a member of the Board of Directors and sole stockholder of Kanders & Company.

Additionally, on July 1, 2021, the Company paid a fee in the amount of $250 to Kanders & Company in consideration of the significant support received
by the Company from Kanders & Company in sourcing, structuring, and negotiating an amendment to the Company’s credit agreement.

On October 25, 2021, the Company paid a fee in the amount of $500 to Kanders & Company in consideration of the significant support received by the
Company from Kanders & Company in sourcing, structuring, and negotiating the public offer and sale of the Company’s common stock.

NOTE 21. SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

Disposal of Precision Sport Segment

On February 29, 2024, the Company and Everest/Sapphire Acquisition, LLC, its wholly-owned subsidiary, completed the sale to Bullseye Acquisitions,
LLC,  an  affiliate  of  JDH  Capital  Company,  of  all  of  the  equity  associated  with  the  Company’s  Precision  Sport  segment,  which  is  comprised  of  the
Company’s subsidiaries Sierra and Barnes Bullets – Mona, LLC (“Barnes”), pursuant to a Purchase and Sale Agreement dated as of December 29, 2023, by
and among, Bullseye Acquisitions, LLC, Everest/Sapphire Acquisition, LLC and the Company (the “Precision Sport Purchase Agreement”). The Precision
Sport segment is engaged in the business of designing, developing, manufacturing, and marketing bullets and ammunition to the military, law enforcement,
and commercial/consumer markets. Under the terms of the Precision Sport Purchase Agreement, the Buyer paid $175,000 in cash, which is subject to a
customary working capital adjustment. The Company received net proceeds of approximately $37,871 in cash, after payment of certain fees and settlement
of the Restated Credit Agreement, for all of the equity associated with the Company’s Precision Sport segment. As the disposition was

96

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS - CONTINUED
(in thousands, except per share amounts)

completed during our first fiscal quarter of 2024, we expect to recognize a gain on the disposition during the three months ending March 31, 2024. The
activities  of  the  Precision  Sport  segment  have  been  segregated  and  reported  as  discontinued  operations  for  all  periods  presented.  See  Note  3  to  our
consolidated financial statements for financial information regarding discontinued operations.

Termination of Restated Credit Agreement

Contemporaneous with the closing of the sale of the Precision Sport segment, the Company directed $135,013 of the proceeds from the closing of the sale
to  pay  off  any  and  all  outstanding  borrowings  under  the  Restated  Credit Agreement,  dated April  18,  2022,  by  and  among  the  Company  and  JPMorgan
Chase  Bank,  N.A.,  as  administrative  agent  and  the  lenders  party  thereto  (the  “Restated  Credit  Agreement”).  Accordingly,  on  February  29,  2024,  all
balances owing the lenders and the Administrative Agent thereunder were paid off, and the Restated Credit Agreement was terminated, together with the
Pledge and Security Agreement, effective as of May 3, 2019, by and among the Company and the Administrative Agent, as well as any and all of the other
loan  documentation  associated  therewith  (including  but  not  limited  to  the  UCC-1  financing  statements  and  the  deeds  of  trust  in  respect  of  owned  real
property in Utah and Missouri evidencing the liens in favor of the Administrative Agent and the lenders).

97

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION

ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE

None.

ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

The Company’s management carried out an evaluation, under the supervision and with the participation of the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chief
Financial  Officer,  its  principal  executive  officer  and  principal  financial  officer,  respectively,  of  the  effectiveness  of  the  design  and  operation  of  the
Company’s disclosure controls and procedures (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act) as of December 31,
2023, pursuant to Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Such disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by
the Company is accumulated and communicated to the appropriate management on a basis that permits timely decisions regarding disclosure. Based upon
that evaluation, the Company’s Executive Chairman and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of
December 31, 2023, were effective.

Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Management of the Company is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rules 13a-
15(f)  and  15d-15(f)  under  the  Exchange  Act.  The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  is  designed  to  provide  reasonable  assurance
regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles
generally  accepted  in  the  United  States  of America  (“US  GAAP”). The  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  includes  those  policies  and
procedures that:

● pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the

Company;

● provide  reasonable  assurance  that  transactions  are  recorded  as  necessary  to  permit  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  US
GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of
the Company; and

● provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding  prevention  or  timely  detection  of  unauthorized  acquisition,  use  or  disposition  of  the  Company’s  assets

that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial
reporting as of December 31, 2023. In making this assessment, management used the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of
the Treadway Commission (“COSO”) in Internal Control-Integrated Framework (2013).

Based on our assessment and those criteria, management concluded that the Company maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of
December 31, 2023. The Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, Deloitte & Touche LLP, has issued an audit report on the Company’s
internal control over financial reporting, which is included herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

There has been no change in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the fourth quarter of 2023 that has materially affected, or is
reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.

98

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Clarus Corporation:

Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Clarus Corporation and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of December 31, 2023, based on
criteria  established  in  Internal  Control  —  Integrated  Framework  (2013)  issued  by  the  Committee  of  Sponsoring  Organizations  of  the  Treadway
Commission  (COSO).  In  our  opinion,  the  Company  maintained,  in  all  material  respects,  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of
December 31, 2023, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO.

We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated
financial  statements  as  of  and  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  2023,  of  the  Company  and  our  report  dated  March  7,  2024,  expressed  an  unqualified
opinion on those financial statements.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of
internal  control  over  financial  reporting,  included  in  the  accompanying  Management’s  Report  on  Internal  Control  Over  Financial  Reporting.  Our
responsibility  is  to  express  an  opinion  on  the  Company’s  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  based  on  our  audit. We  are  a  public  accounting  firm
registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the
applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable
assurance  about  whether  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  was  maintained  in  all  material  respects.  Our  audit  included  obtaining  an
understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating
effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We
believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control
over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit
preparation  of  financial  statements  in  accordance  with  generally  accepted  accounting  principles,  and  that  receipts  and  expenditures  of  the  company  are
being  made  only  in  accordance  with  authorizations  of  management  and  directors  of  the  company;  and  (3)  provide  reasonable  assurance  regarding
prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial
statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of
effectiveness  to  future  periods  are  subject  to  the  risk  that  controls  may  become  inadequate  because  of  changes  in  conditions,  or  that  the  degree  of
compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah

March 7, 2024

99

Table of Contents

ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION

None.

CLARUS CORPORATION

ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS

Not applicable.

ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

PART III

The Company has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and ethics that applies to its all of its directors and employees, including the chief executive officer,
chief financial officers, and all senior financial officers of the Company and its subsidiaries, including the principal financial officer, principal accounting
officer, controller and internal audit staff of the Company and its subsidiaries. In addition, such officers are also subject to the Code of Ethics for Senior
Executive Officer and Senior Financial Officers. These documents may be accessed at www.claruscorp.com, our Internet website, at the tab “Governance”
under  the  section  called  “Governance  Documents.”  The  Company  intends  to  disclose  future  amendments  to,  or  waivers  from,  certain  provisions  of  its
codes of conduct, if any, on the above website within five business days following the date of such amendment or waiver.

Other  information  required  by  this  Item  10  of  Form  10-K  will  be  included  in  our  2024  Proxy  Statement  to  be  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission in connection with the solicitation of proxies for our 2024 Annual Meeting of Stockholders and is incorporated herein by reference. The 2024
Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.

ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

The information required by this Item 11 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM  12.  SECURITY  OWNERSHIP  OF  CERTAIN  BENEFICIAL  OWNERS  AND  MANAGEMENT  AND  RELATED  STOCKHOLDER
MATTERS

The information required by this Item 12 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

The information required by this Item 13 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information required by this Item 14 of Form 10-K will be included in our 2024 Proxy Statement and is incorporated herein by reference.

100

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION

PART IV

ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Financial Statements, Financial Statement Schedules and Exhibits

(a)(1) The Financial Statements. The Financial Statements of the Company are included in Item 8 above.

(a)(2)  Financial  Statement  Schedules.  No  schedules  are  included  because  the  required  information  is  inapplicable,  not  required  or  are  presented  in  the
financial statements or the related notes thereto.

(a)(3) The following Exhibits are hereby filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

Exhibit
Number
2.1

3.1

3.2

3.3

3.4

3.5

3.6

3.7

3.8

3.9

3.10

3.11

4.1

4.2
4.3

Exhibit
Purchase  and  Sale  Agreement,  by  and  among  Bullseye  Acquisitions,  LLC,  Everest/Sapphire  Acquisition,  LLC,  and  Clarus  Corporation,  dated  as  of
December 29, 2023 (filed as Exhibit 2.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 3,
2024 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amended  and  Restated  Certificate  of  Incorporation  of  the  Company  (filed  as Appendix  C  to  the  Company’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement,  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on November 6, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
Certificate of Amendment to Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 of the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on July 31, 2003 and incorporated herein by reference).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on January 24, 2011 and incorporated herein by reference).
Certificate of Amendment of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report
on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 14, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (filed as Appendix D to the Company’s Definitive Proxy Statement, filed with the Securities and Exchange
Commission on November 6, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amendment No. 1 to the Amended and Restated Bylaws of the Company (incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 3.4 of the Company’s Annual Report
on Form 10-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 31, 2003).
Amendment No. 2 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 4, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amendment No. 3 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 9, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amendment No. 4 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with
the Securities and Exchange Commission on June 9, 2016 and incorporated herein by reference).
Amendment No. 5 to the Amended and Restated By-Laws of the Company (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q, filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on August 7, 2017 and incorporated herein by reference).
Form of Certificate of Designation of Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock (filed as Exhibit 3.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K,
filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
See Exhibits 3.1, 3.2, 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.8, 3.9, 3.10 and 3.11 for provisions of the Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended
and Restated Bylaws of the Company defining rights of the holders of Common Stock of the Company.
Company’s Specimen Common Stock Certificate.
Rights Agreement, dated as of February 12, 2008, by and between the Company and American Stock Transfer & Trust Company (filed as Exhibit 4.2 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 13, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).

101

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION

Exhibit
Number
4.4

10.1

10.2

10.3

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.7

10.8

10.9

19.1
21.1
23.1
31.1

31.2

32.1
32.2
97.1
101.INS
101.SCH
101.CAL
101.DEF
101.LAB
101.PRE
104
+
**
***

Exhibit
Form of Rights Certificate (filed as Exhibit 4.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
February 13, 2008 and incorporated herein by reference).
Employment Agreement, dated as of March 14, 2023, between Clarus Corporation and Warren B. Kanders (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on March 16, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference). +
Separation Agreement,  dated  as  of  March  31,  2023,  between  Clarus  Corporation  and  John  Walbrecht  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s  Current
Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 4, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference). +
Separation Agreement and General Release, dated as of August 31, 2023, between Clarus Corporation and Aaron J. Kuehne (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on September 1, 2023, and incorporated herein by reference).
+
Form of Indemnification Agreement for Directors and Executive Officers of the Company (filed as Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on Form
8 K, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 23, 2002 and incorporated herein by reference).
Company’s  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (filed  as  Appendix  A  of  the  Company’s  Definitive  Proxy  Statement,  filed  with  the  Securities  and  Exchange
Commission on May 2, 2005 and incorporated herein by reference). +
Amendment  No.  1  to  the  Company’s  2005  Stock  Incentive  Plan  (filed  as  Exhibit  10.1  to  the  Company’s  Current  Report  on  Form  8  K,  filed  with  the
Securities and Exchange Commission on September 7, 2010 and incorporated herein by reference). +
Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Appendix A to the Company’s Proxy Statement, filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on
November 9, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). +
Form of Stock Option Agreement for the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8 K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). +
Form of Stock Award Agreement for the Company’s 2015 Stock Incentive Plan (filed as Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8 K filed
with the Securities and Exchange Commission on December 17, 2015 and incorporated herein by reference). +
Clarus Corporation Policy on Insider Trading. **
Subsidiaries of the Company. **
Consent of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm. **
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of
the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. **
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, as required by Rule 13a-14(a) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. ** 
Certification of Principal Executive Officer, pursuant to 18. U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley of 2002. ***
Certification of Principal Financial Officer, pursuant to 18. U.S.C. Section 1350 as adopted pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley of 2002. ***
Clarus Corporation Compensation Recovery Policy. **
Inline XBRL Instance Document. ** 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document. ** 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document. ** 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document. **
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document. ** 
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document. ** 
Cover Page Interactive Data File – formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101
Management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement.
Filed herewith
Furnished herewith

ITEM 16. SUMMARY

None.

102

Table of Contents

CLARUS CORPORATION

SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Company has duly caused this report to be signed on its
behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

Date: March 7, 2024

/s/ Warren B. Kanders
Warren B. Kanders

/s/ Michael J. Yates
Michael J. Yates

/s/ Donald L. House
Donald L. House

/s/ Nicholas Sokolow
Nicholas Sokolow

/s/ Michael A. Henning
Michael A. Henning

/s/ Susan Ottmann
Susan Ottmann

     CLARUS CORPORATION

By: /s/ Michael J. Yates
Michael J. Yates
Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

Name

Title

Executive Chairman and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and Principal Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

103

 
    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
EXHIBIT 19.1

Clarus Corporation Policy on Insider Trading

This Insider Trading Policy (the “Policy”) describes the standards of Clarus Corporation and its subsidiaries (the “Company”)
on trading, and causing the trading of, the Company’s securities or securities of certain other companies while in possession of
material nonpublic information. This Policy is divided into two parts: the first part prohibits trading in certain circumstances and
applies to all directors, officers and employees of the Company and their respective immediate family members, and the second
part imposes special additional trading restrictions and applies to all (i) members of the board of directors of Clarus Corporation,
(ii) executive officers of Clarus Corporation (together with members of the board of directors of Clarus Corporation, “Company
Insiders”), (iii) (a) officers and employees of Clarus Corporation at the level of Vice President and above, (b) the Company’s
employees involved in the accounting and financial reporting functions of the Company, and/or (c) employees of the Company
that report directly to any of the Company Insiders (collectively, “Covered Persons”) and (iv) certain other employees that the
Company  may  designate  from  time  to  time  as  “Covered  Persons”  because  of  their  position,  responsibilities  or  their  actual  or
potential access to material nonpublic information.

One  of  the  principal  purposes  of  the  federal  securities  laws  is  to  prohibit  so-called  “insider  trading.”  Simply  stated,  insider
trading  occurs  when  a  person  uses  material  nonpublic  information  obtained  through  involvement  with  the  Company  to  make
decisions  to  purchase,  sell,  gift  or  otherwise  trade  the  Company’s  securities  or  the  securities  of  certain  other  companies  or  to
provide  that  information  to  others  outside  the  Company.  The  prohibitions  against  insider  trading  apply  to  trades,  tips  and
recommendations  by  virtually  any  person,  including  all  persons  associated  with  the  Company,  if  the  information  involved  is
“material” and “nonpublic.” These terms, as well as “immediate family member,” are defined in this Policy under Part I, Section
3 below. The prohibitions would apply to any director, officer or employee who buys or sells securities on the basis of material
nonpublic  information  that  he  or  she  obtained  about  the  Company,  its  customers,  suppliers,  partners,  competitors  or  other
companies with which the Company has contractual relationships or may be negotiating transactions.

1. Applicability

PART I

This Policy applies to all trading or other transactions in (i) the Company’s securities, including common stock, options and any
other  securities  that  the  Company  may  issue,  such  as  preferred  stock,  notes,  bonds  and  convertible  securities,  as  well  as  to
derivative  securities  relating  to  any  of  the  Company’s  securities,  and  (ii)  the  securities  of  certain  other  companies,  including
common stock, options and other securities issued by those companies as well as derivative securities relating to any of those
companies’ securities, where the person trading used material nonpublic information obtained while working for the Company.

This  Policy  applies  to  all  employees,  officers  and  members  of  the  board  of  directors  of  the  Company  and  their  respective
immediate family members.

1

2. General Policy: No Trading or Causing Trading While in Possession of Material Nonpublic Information

(a) No director, officer or employee or any of their immediate family members may purchase or sell, or offer to purchase or sell,
any Company security, while in possession of material nonpublic information about the Company. (The terms “material” and
“nonpublic” are defined in Part I, Section 3(a) and (b) below.)

(b)  No  director,  officer  or  employee  or  any  of  their  immediate  family  members  who  knows  of  any  material  nonpublic
information  about  the  Company  may  communicate  that  information  to  “tip”  any  other  person,  including  family  members  and
friends, or otherwise disclose such information.

(c) No director, officer or employee or any of their immediate family members may purchase or sell any security of any other
company while in possession of material nonpublic information that was obtained in the course of his or her involvement with
the  Company.  No  director,  officer  or  employee  or  any  of  their  immediate  family  members  who  knows  of  any  such  material
nonpublic information may communicate that information to, or tip, any other person, including family members and friends, or
otherwise disclose such information.

(d) For compliance purposes, you should never trade, tip or recommend securities (or otherwise cause the purchase or sale of
securities) while in possession of information that you have reason to believe is material and nonpublic unless you first consult
with, and obtain the advance approval of, the Compliance Officer (which is defined in Part I, Section 3(c) below).

(e)  Company  Insiders  and  Covered  Persons  must  “pre-clear”  all  trading  in  securities  of  the  Company  in  accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in Part II, Section 1 below.

3. Definitions

(a) Material. Insider trading restrictions come into play only if the information you possess is “material.” Materiality, however,
involves  a  relatively  low  threshold.  Information  is  generally  regarded  as  “material”  if  it  has  market  significance,  that  is,  if  its
public dissemination is likely to affect the market price of securities, or if it otherwise is information that a reasonable investor
would want to know before making an investment decision.

Information dealing with the following subjects is reasonably likely to be found material in particular situations:

(i) significant changes in the Company’s prospects;

(ii) significant write-downs in assets or increases in reserves;

(iii) developments regarding significant litigation or government agency investigations;

(iv) liquidity problems;

2

(v) changes in earnings estimates or unusual gains or losses in major operations;

(vi) major changes in the Company’s management or the board of directors;

(vii) changes in dividends;

(viii) extraordinary borrowings;

(ix) major changes in accounting methods or policies;

(x) award or loss of a significant contract;

(xi) cybersecurity risks and incidents, including vulnerabilities and breaches;

(xii) changes in debt ratings;

(xiii)  proposals,  plans  or  agreements,  even  if  preliminary  in  nature,  involving  mergers,  acquisitions,  divestitures,
recapitalizations, strategic alliances, licensing arrangements, or purchases or sales of substantial assets; and

(xiv) offerings of Company securities.

Material  information  is  not  limited  to  historical  facts  but  may  also  include  projections  and  forecasts.  With  respect  to  a  future
event, such as a merger, acquisition or introduction of a new product, the point at which negotiations or product developments
are determined to be material is determined by balancing the probability that the event will occur against the magnitude of the
effect the event would have on a company’s operations or stock price should it occur. Thus, information concerning an event that
would have a large effect on stock price, such as a merger, may be material even if the possibility that the event will occur is
relatively small. When in doubt about whether particular nonpublic information is material, you should presume it is material. If
you are unsure whether information is material, you should either (i) consult the Compliance Officer before making any
decision to disclose such information (other than to persons who need to know it) or to trade based on such information,
or (ii) assume that the information is material.

(b) Nonpublic. Insider trading prohibitions come into play only when you possess information that is material and “nonpublic.”
The fact that information has been disclosed to a few members of the public does not make it public for insider trading purposes.
To be “public” the information must have been disseminated in a manner designed to reach investors generally, and the investors
must be given the opportunity to absorb the information. Even after public disclosure of information about the Company, you
must wait until the opening of business on the third trading day after the information was publicly disclosed before you can treat
the information as public.

Nonpublic information may include:

(i) information available to a select group of analysts or brokers or institutional investors;

3

(ii) undisclosed facts that are the subject of rumors, even if the rumors are widely circulated; and(iii) information that has been
entrusted to the Company on a confidential basis until a public announcement of the information has been made and enough time
has elapsed for the market to respond to a public announcement of the information (normally two trading days).

As with questions of materiality, if you are not sure whether information is considered public, you should either consult
with the Compliance Officer or assume that the information is nonpublic and treat it as confidential.

(c) Compliance Officer. The Company has appointed the Chief Financial Officer, as the Compliance Officer for this Policy. The
duties of the Compliance Officer include, but are not limited to, the following:

(i) assisting with implementation and enforcement of this Policy;

(ii) circulating this Policy to all directors, officers and employees and ensuring that this Policy is amended as necessary to remain
up-to-date with insider trading laws;

(iii)  pre-clearing  all  trading  in  securities  of  the  Company  by  Company  Insiders  and  Covered  Persons  in  accordance  with  the
procedures set forth in Part II, Section 1 below; and

(iv) providing approval of any Rule 10b5-1 plans under Part I, Section 4(c) below.

(d) Immediate Family Members. For purposes of this Policy, “immediate family member” means a director’s, officer’s and/or
employee’s respective child, stepchild, parent, stepparent, spouse, sibling, mother-in-law, father-in-law, son-in-law, daughter-in-
law, brother-in-law, or sister-in-law, and any person (other than a tenant or employee), in each such case sharing the household of
such director, officer and/or employee.

4. Blackout Periods

All Company Insiders and Covered Persons are prohibited from trading in the Company’s securities during blackout periods as
defined below.

(a) Quarterly Blackout Periods. Trading in the Company’s securities is prohibited during the period beginning on the seventh
day prior to the end of each fiscal quarter and ending upon the opening of business on the third trading day following the date the
Company’s financial results are publicly disclosed by the filing of the Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q or Annual Reports on
Form 10-K with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). During these periods, Company Insiders and Covered
Persons possess or are presumed to possess material nonpublic information about the Company’s financial results.

(b) Other Blackout Periods. From time to time, other types of material nonpublic information regarding the Company (such as
negotiation  of  mergers,  acquisitions  or  dispositions,  investigation  and  assessment  of  cybersecurity  incidents  or  new  product
developments)  may  be  pending  and  not  be  publicly  disclosed.  While  such  material  nonpublic  information  is  pending,  the
Company may

4

impose  special  blackout  periods  during  which  any  designated  directors,  officers  and/or  employees  of  the  Company  under  this
Policy are prohibited from trading in the Company’s securities. If the Company imposes a special blackout period, it will notify
any directors, officers and/or employees that are affected.

(c) Exception. These trading restrictions do not apply to transactions under a pre-existing written plan, contract, instruction, or
arrangement  under  Rule  10b5-1  under  the  Securities  Exchange  Act  of  1934  (an  “Approved  10b5-1  Plan”)  that  meet  the
following requirements:

(i) it has been reviewed and approved by the Compliance Officer at least five days in advance of being entered into (or, if revised
or amended, such proposed revisions or amendments have been reviewed and approved by the Compliance Officer at least five
days in advance of being entered into);

(ii) it provides that no trades may occur thereunder until expiration of the applicable cooling-off period specified in Rule 10b5-
1(c)(ii)(B).  For  Company  Insiders,  the  cooling-off  period  ends  on  the  later  of  (x)  ninety  days  after  adoption  or  certain
modifications of the 10b5-1 plan; or (y) the opening of the third business day following disclosure of the Company’s financial
results  in  a  Quarterly  Report  on  Form  10-Q  or Annual  Report  on  Form  10-K  filed  with  the  SEC  for  the  quarter  in  which  the
10b5-1 plan was adopted, but in any event not to exceed 120 days after adoption of the plan. For all Covered Persons and other
employees,  the  cooling-off  period  ends  30  days  after  adoption  or  modification  of  the  10b5-1  plan.  This  required  cooling-off
period will apply to the entry into a new 10b5-1 plan and any revision or modification of a 10b5-1 plan;

(iii) it is entered into in good faith, and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade the prohibitions of Rule 10b5-1, at a time when
the applicable director, officer and/or employee is not in possession of material nonpublic information about the Company; and,
the 10b5-1 plan must include representations by the applicable director, officer and/or employee certifying to that effect;

(iv) it gives a third party the discretionary authority to execute such purchases and sales, outside the control of the applicable
director,  officer  and/or  employee,  so  long  as  such  third  party  does  not  possess  any  material  nonpublic  information  about  the
Company; or explicitly specifies the security or securities to be purchased or sold, the number of shares, the prices and/or dates
of transactions, or other formula(s) describing such transactions; and

(iv) it is the only outstanding Approved 10b5-1 Plan entered into by the applicable director, officer and/or employee (subject to
the exceptions set out in Rule 10b5-1(c)(ii)(D)).

No Approved 10b5-1 Plan may be adopted and/or amended during a blackout period.

If any director, officer and/or employee is considering entering into, modifying or terminating an Approved 10b5-1 Plan or have
any questions regarding Approved Rule 10b5-1 Plans, please contact the Compliance Officer. You should consult your own legal
and tax advisors before entering into, or modifying or terminating, an Approved 10b5-1 Plan. A trading plan, contract,

5

instruction or arrangement will not qualify as an Approved 10b5-1 Plan without the prior review and approval of the Compliance
Officer as described above.

5. Trading Window

All directors, officers and/or employees of the Company are permitted to trade in the Company’s securities when no blackout
period is in effect, provided that they are not then in possession of material nonpublic information. Generally, this means that
all  directors,  officers  and/or  employees  of  the  Company  as  well  as  any  of  their  immediate  family  members  can  trade
during  the  period  beginning  on  the  opening  of  the  third  trading  day  following  the  filing  of  the  Company’s  Quarterly
Reports on Form 10-Q and Annual Reports on Form 10-K with the SEC and ending on the seventh day before the end of
the  third  month  of  the  quarter  to  shut  the  window  before  the  results  of  such  quarter  are  released. This  means  that  you
cannot trade, either directly or indirectly, through family members (as well as other members of your household) or other persons
or entities, the Company’s securities outside of these trading windows.

However,  even  during  this  trading  window,  any  director,  officer  and/or  employee  of  the  Company  as  well  as  any  of  their
immediate  family  members  who  is  in  possession  of  any  material  nonpublic  information  should  not  trade  in  the  Company’s
securities  until  the  information  has  been  made  publicly  available  for  at  least  two  trading  days  or  is  no  longer  material.  In
addition, the Company may close this trading window if a special blackout period under Part I, Section 4(b) above is imposed
and will re-open the trading window once the special blackout period has ended.

6. Exception for Certain Exercises of Stock Options

The  trading  restrictions  of  this  Policy  do  not  apply  to  the  exercise  of  stock  options  granted  under  the  Company’s  2015  Stock
Incentive  Plan  for  cash  or  the  delivery  of  previously  owned  Company  stock.  However,  the  sale  of  any  shares  issued  on  the
exercise of Company-granted stock options and any cashless exercise of Company-granted stock options are subject to trading
restrictions under this Policy.

7. Violations of Insider Trading Laws

Penalties for trading on or communicating material nonpublic information can be severe, both for individuals involved in such
unlawful  conduct  and  their  employers  and  supervisors,  and  may  include  jail  terms,  criminal  fines,  civil  penalties  and  civil
enforcement injunctions. Given the severity of the potential penalties, compliance with this Policy is absolutely mandatory.

(a)  Legal  Penalties. A  person  who  is  convicted  of  violating  insider  trading  laws  by  engaging  in  transactions  in  a  company’s
securities when he or she has material nonpublic information can be sentenced to a substantial jail term and required to pay a
criminal penalty of several times the amount of profits gained or losses avoided.

In addition, a person who tips others may also be liable for transactions by the tippees to whom he or she has disclosed material
nonpublic information. Tippers can be subject to the same penalties

6

and sanctions as the tippees, and the SEC has imposed large penalties even when the tipper did not profit from the transaction.

The SEC can also seek substantial civil penalties from any person who, at the time of an insider trading violation, “directly or
indirectly  controlled  the  person  who  committed  such  violation,”  which  would  apply  to  the  Company  and/or  management  and
supervisory personnel. These control persons may be held liable for fines, including, fines based on a multiple of the amount of
the profits gained or losses avoided. Even for violations that result in a small or no profit, the SEC can seek penalties from a
company and/or its management and supervisory personnel as control persons.

(b)  Company-Imposed  Penalties. A  person  who  violates  this  Policy  may  be  subject  to  disciplinary  action  by  the  Company,
including dismissal for cause. Any exceptions to the Policy, if permitted, may only be granted by the Compliance Officer and
must be provided before any activity contrary to the above requirements takes place.

8. Acknowledgment and Certification

All Company Insiders and Covered Persons are required to sign the attached acknowledgment and certification.

9. Inquiries

If you have any questions regarding any of the provisions of this Policy, please contact the Compliance Officer.

1. Pre-Clearance of Securities Transactions

PART II

(a) Because Company Insiders and Covered Persons are likely to obtain material nonpublic information on a regular basis, the
Company requires all such persons to refrain from trading, even during a trading window under Part I, Section 5 above, without
first pre-clearing all transactions in the Company’s securities.

(b)  Subject  to  the  exemption  in  subsection  (d)  below,  no  Company  Insider  or  Covered  Person  may,  directly  or  indirectly,
purchase  or  sell  any  Company  security  at  any  time  without  first  obtaining  prior  approval  from  the  Compliance  Officer. These
procedures  also  apply  to  transactions  by  such  person’s  spouse,  other  persons  living  in  such  person’s  household  and  minor
children and to transactions by entities over which such person exercises control.

(c) The Compliance Officer shall record the date each request is received and the date each request is approved or disapproved.
Unless revoked, a grant of permission will normally remain valid until the close of trading 30 days following the day on which it
was granted, or if earlier, the commencement of a blackout period. If the transaction does not occur during  such period, pre-
clearance of the transaction must be re-requested. Please note that there is no

7

obligation on the part of the Compliance Officer to approve a transaction submitted for pre-clearance. If your pre-clearance and
permission to engage in a transaction is denied, then you must refrain from initiating any transaction involving the Company’s
securities.

(d)  Pre-clearance  is  not  required  for  purchases  and  sales  of  securities  under  an  Approved  10b5-1  Plan  once  the  applicable
cooling-off  period  has  expired.  No  trades  may  be  made  under  an  Approved  10b5-1  Plan  until  expiration  of  the  applicable
cooling-off period. With respect to any purchase or sale under an Approved 10b5-1 Plan, the third party effecting transactions on
behalf of the Company Insider and Covered Person should be instructed to send duplicate confirmations of all such transactions
to the Compliance Officer.

(e)  No  Company  Insider  may  make  gifts  of  any  Company  security  at  any  time  without  first  providing  written  notice  to  the
Compliance Officer. This notice requirement also applies to gifts by such person’s spouse, other persons living in such person’s
household and minor children and to transactions by entities over which such person exercises control.

2. Prohibited Transactions

(a) Company Insiders are prohibited from trading in the Company’s equity securities during a blackout period imposed under an
“individual account” retirement or pension plan of the Company, during which at least 50% of the plan participants are unable to
purchase, sell or otherwise acquire or transfer an interest in equity securities of the Company, due to a temporary suspension of
trading by the Company or the plan fiduciary.

(b) Company Insiders who purchase and/or sell the Company’s securities may not engage in an opposite transaction (selling or
purchasing) in the Company’s securities of the same class for at least six months after their initial purchase and/or sale of such
securities,  except  in  connection  with  the  exercise  and  sale  of  options  and  the  underlying  stock  under  a  shareholder  approved
stock incentive plan.

(c) Company Insiders and Covered Persons, including any person’s spouse, other persons living in such person’s household and
minor children and entities over which such person exercises control, are prohibited from engaging in the following transactions
in the Company’s securities:

(i) selling the Company’s securities short;

(ii) buying or selling puts or calls or other derivative securities on the Company’s securities; and

(iii)  entering  into  hedging  or  monetization  transactions  or  similar  arrangements  or  contracts  which  may  have  short  selling
features  to  them  (e.g.  forward  sales  contracts)  with  respect  to  Company  securities  without  the  approval  of  the  Executive
Chairman of the Board or the Chairman’s designee.

8

ACKNOWLEDGMENT AND CERTIFICATION

The  undersigned  does  hereby  acknowledge  receipt  of  the  Company’s  Insider  Trading  Policy.  The  undersigned  has  read  and
understands  (or  has  had  explained)  such  Policy  and  agrees  to  be  governed  by  such  Policy  at  all  times  in  connection  with  the
purchase and sale of securities and the confidentiality of nonpublic information.

Date: ________________________

__________________________________

(Signature)
__________________________________

(Please print name)

9

    
The following are subsidiaries of Clarus Corporation as of December 31, 2023 and the jurisdictions in which they are organized.

SUBSIDIARIES OF CLARUS CORPORATION

EXHIBIT 21.1

Company
Everest/Sapphire Acquisition, LLC
Black Diamond Equipment, Ltd.
Black Diamond Retail, Inc.
Black Diamond Retail – Alaska, LLC
Black Diamond Retail – Colorado, LLC
Black Diamond Retail – Montana, LLC
Black Diamond Retail – Wyoming, LLC
Black Diamond Retail – Vermont, LLC
Black Diamond Retail – Oregon, LLC
Black Diamond Equipment Europe GmbH
Black Diamond Equipment Retail GmbH
BD European Holdings, LLC
Black Diamond Austria GmbH
PIEPS GmbH
SKINourishment, LLC
Sierra Bullets, L.L.C.
Barnes Bullets – Mona, LLC
Oscar Aluminium Holdings, Inc.
Oscar Aluminium Holdings Pty Ltd
Oscar Aluminium Pty Ltd
Rhino-Rack Holdings Pty Ltd
Roof Rack City (NSW) Pty Ltd
Rhino Rack Australia Pty Ltd
Rhino Rack New Zealand Ltd. (NZ)
Rhinorack Canada Limited
Rhino-Rack USA LLC
Simpson Aluminium Pty Ltd
Maxtrax Australia Unit Trust and its trustee Maxtrax Pty
Ltd
Maxtrax Australia Pty Ltd.
MAXTRAX USA, LLC
Maxtrax Australia Trading Pty Ltd.
Black Diamond Retail – Washington, LLC
Clarus Real Estate LLC
Tred Outdoors Pty Ltd

State or Jurisdiction of Incorporation/Organization
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Austria
Austria
Delaware
Austria
Austria
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Delaware
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
Australia
New Zealand
Canada
Colorado
Australia

Australia

Australia
Delaware
Australia
Delaware
Delaware
Australia

    
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement No. 333-218754 on Form S-8, Registration Statement No. 333-254105 on Form S-
3, and Registration Statement No. 333-254107 on Form S-4 of our reports dated March 7, 2024 relating to the financial statements of Clarus Corporation
and the effectiveness of Clarus Corporation's internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended
December 31, 2023.

EXHIBIT 23.1

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

Salt Lake City, Utah

March 7, 2024

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER

EXHIBIT 31.1

I, Warren B. Kanders, certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Clarus Corporation;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  for  the
registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.

Date:March 7, 2024

     By: /s/ Warren B. Kanders
Name:Warren B. Kanders
Title:Executive Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER

EXHIBIT 31.2

I, Michael J. Yates certify that:

1. I have reviewed this annual report on Form 10-K of Clarus Corporation;

2.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  this  report  does  not  contain  any  untrue  statement  of  a  material  fact  or  omit  to  state  a  material  fact  necessary  to  make  the
statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report;

3.  Based  on  my  knowledge,  the  financial  statements,  and  other  financial  information  included  in  this  report,  fairly  present  in  all  material  respects  the
financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report;

4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange
Act  Rules  13a-15(e)  and  15d-15(e))  and  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  (as  defined  in  Exchange Act  Rules  13a-15(f)  and  15d-15(f))  for  the
registrant and have:

(a) Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure
that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly
during the period in which this report is being prepared;

(b) Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to
provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance
with generally accepted accounting principles;

(c) Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of
the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and

(d) Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal
quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the
registrant’s internal control over financial reporting;

5. The registrant’s other certifying officer(s) and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the
registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

(a) All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to
adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

(b) Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over
financial reporting.

Date:  March 7, 2024

     By: /s/ Michael J. Yates
Name: Michael J. Yates
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.1

I, Warren B. Kanders, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual
Report of Clarus Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023, fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial
condition and results of operations of Clarus Corporation.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Clarus Corporation and will be retained by Clarus Corporation and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: March 7, 2024

     By: /s/ Warren B. Kanders
Name: Warren B. Kanders
Title: Executive Chairman
(Principal Executive Officer)

CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER
PURSUANT TO
18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

EXHIBIT 32.2

I, Michael J. Yates, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as adopted pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that the Annual
Report of Clarus Corporation on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023 fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and that information contained in such Annual Report on Form 10-K fairly presents in all material respects the financial
condition and results of operations of Clarus Corporation.

A signed original of this written statement required by Section 906 has been provided to Clarus Corporation and will be retained by Clarus Corporation and
furnished to the Securities and Exchange Commission or its staff upon request.

Date: March 7, 2024

     By: /s/ Michael J. Yates
Name: Michael J. Yates
Title: Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer and
Principal Accounting Officer)

CLARUS CORPORATION
COMPENSATION RECOVERY POLICY

(Adopted and approved on November 8, 2023, and effective as of October 2, 2023)

EXHIBIT 97.1

1.

Introduction

The Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Clarus Corporation (the “Company”) is adopting this Compensation Recovery
Policy  (this  “Policy”)  to  provide  the  Company’s  criteria  and  process  for  recovering  certain  erroneous  incentive-based
compensation  awarded  to  or  earned  or  received  by  certain  officers  of  the  Company  in  the  event  of  an  accounting  restatement
resulting from material noncompliance with financial reporting requirements under U.S. securities laws. This Policy is designed
to comply with Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act and the Exchange’s listing standards. All capitalized terms not
defined herein shall have the meanings set forth in Section 2 of this Policy.

2.

Definitions

For purposes of this Policy, the following definitions apply:

“Applicable Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.

“Committee” shall mean the compensation committee of the Board.

“Covered Executives” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.

“Effective Date” means October 2, 2023.

“Exchange” means the NASDAQ Global Select Market.

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

“Financial  Reporting  Measure”  means  a  measure  that  is  determined  and  presented  in  accordance  with  the  accounting
principles used in preparing the Company’s financial statements (including, but not limited to, “non-GAAP” financial measures),
and any measure that is derived wholly or in part from such measure, including, but not limited to: (a) Company stock price, (b)
total  shareholder  return,  (c)  revenues,  (d)  net  income,  (e)  earnings  before  interest,  taxes,  depreciation,  and  amortization
(EBITDA), (f) funds from operations, (g) liquidity measures, such as working capital or operating cash flow, (h) return measures,
such as return on invested capital or return on assets, and (i) earnings measures, such as earnings per share. For the avoidance of
doubt, a Financial Reporting Measure need not be presented in the Company’s financial statements or included in a filing with
the SEC.

“Incentive-Based Compensation” means any compensation that is granted, earned, or vested, based wholly or in part on
the  attainment  of  a  Financial  Reporting  Measure,  including  but  not  limited  to,  annual  bonuses  and  other  short-  and  long-term
cash incentives, the size of which is

1

determined  based  wholly  or  in  part  on  satisfying  a  Financial  Reporting  Measure  performance  goal,  and  stock  options,  stock
appreciation rights, restricted stock, restricted stock units, performance shares and performance units that are granted or become
vested based wholly or in part on satisfying a financial reporting measure performance goal. Incentive-Based Compensation does
not include any: (a) base salaries (except with respect to any salary increases earned wholly or in part based on the attainment of
a Financial Reporting Measure performance goal), (b) bonuses paid solely at the discretion of the Committee or the Board that
are not paid from a “bonus pool” that is determined by satisfying a Financial Reporting Measure performance goal, (c) bonuses
paid solely upon satisfying one or more subjective standards and/or completion of a specified employment period, (d) non-equity
incentive  plan  awards  earned  solely  upon  satisfying  one  or  more  strategic  measures  or  operational  measures,  and  (e)  equity
awards that vest solely based on the passage of time and/or attaining one or more non-Financial Reporting Measures.

“Restatement” means an accounting restatement due to the material noncompliance of the Company with any financial
reporting requirement under U.S. securities laws, including any required accounting restatement that corrects errors: (a) that are
material to previously issued financial statements, or (b) that are not material to previously issued financial statements but would
result in a material misstatement if the errors were left uncorrected in the current report or the error correction was recognized in
the current period.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

3.

Administration

This Policy shall be administered by the Committee (if composed entirely of independent directors, or in the absence of
such a committee, a majority of independent directors serving on the Board). The Committee will, subject to the provisions of
this Policy, Section 10D of the Exchange Act, and the Exchange’s listing standards, make such determinations and interpretations
and take such actions in connection with this Policy as it deems necessary, appropriate or advisable in its sole discretion. Any
determinations and interpretations made by the Committee shall be conclusive, final and binding on all affected individuals.

4.

Covered Executives

This Policy applies to any person who is, or was at any time, during the Applicable Period, an executive officer of the
Company,  as  determined  by  the  Committee  in  accordance  with  Section  10D  of  the  Exchange Act  and  the  Exchange’s  listing
standards,  and  such  other  senior  executives  and  senior  employees  who  may  from  time  to  time  be  deemed  to  be  subject  to  the
Policy by the Committee, including, but not limited to, the Company’s president, principal executive officer, principal financial
officer, principal accounting officer (or if there is no such accounting officer, the controller), any vice-president in charge of a
principal business unit, division, or function (such as sales, administration, or finance), any other officer who performs a policy-
making function, or any other person (including an officer of the Company’s subsidiaries) who performs similar policy-making
functions for the Company (collectively, “Covered Executives”).

2

5.

Recoupment; Accounting Restatement

In the event that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement of its financial statements filed with the SEC under
the Exchange Act, or the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, due to the Company’s material noncompliance with any financial
reporting  requirement  under  U.S.  securities  laws,  the  Company  will  require,  reasonably  promptly,  recovery,  reimbursement  or
forfeiture of any excess Incentive-Based Compensation received by any Covered Executive during the three (3) completed fiscal
years immediately preceding the date on which the Company is required to prepare a Restatement (the “Applicable Period”). The
date on which the Company is required to prepare a Restatement shall be deemed to be the earlier to occur of (i) the date the
Board, a committee of the Board or the officers of the Company authorized to take such action if Board action is not required,
concludes, or reasonably should have concluded, that the Company is required to prepare a Restatement, or (ii) the date a court,
regulator  or  other  legally  authorized  body  directs  the  Company  to  prepare  a  Restatement.  Such  recovery,  in  the  case  of  a
Restatement, will be made without regard to any Company or individual knowledge or responsibility related to the Restatement.

6.

Excess Incentive-Based Compensation; Amount Subject to Recovery

The amount to be recovered will be the excess of the Incentive-Based Compensation (calculated on a pre-tax basis) paid
to the Covered Executive based on the erroneous data over the Incentive-Based Compensation that would have been paid to the
Covered Executive had it been based on the restated results, as determined by the Committee. Incentive-Based Compensation is
deemed  received  by  the  Covered  Executive  in  the  Company’s  fiscal  period  during  which  the  Financial  Reporting  Measure
specified  in  the  Incentive-Based  Compensation  award  is  attained,  even  if  the  payment  or  grant  of  the  Incentive-Based
Compensation occurs after the end of that period. For the avoidance of doubt, excess Incentive-Based Compensation does not
include any Incentive-Based Compensation received by a person: (a) before such person began service in a position or capacity
meeting the definition of a Covered Executive, (b) who did not serve as a Covered Executive at any time during the performance
period for that Incentive-Based Compensation, or (c) during any period the Company did not have a class of its securities listed
on the Exchange or any other national securities exchange or a national securities association.

Where the amount of the excess Incentive-Based Compensation is not subject to mathematical recalculation directly from
the information in the applicable Restatement, then the Committee, in its sole determination, will make a good faith estimate of
the effect of the Restatement on the stock price or total shareholder return upon which the excess Incentive-Based Compensation
was received (in which case, the Company will maintain documentation of such determination of that reasonable estimate and
provide such documentation to the Exchange).

7.

Method of Recoupment

The  Committee  will  determine,  in  its  sole  discretion  subject  to  applicable  law,  the  method  for  recouping  the  excess
Incentive-Based Compensation hereunder, which may include, without limitation: (a) requiring reimbursement of cash Incentive-
Based Compensation previously paid, (b) seeking recovery of any gain realized on the vesting, exercise, settlement, sale, transfer,
or

3

other disposition of any equity-based awards, (c) offsetting the recouped amount from any compensation otherwise owed by the
Company  to  the  Covered  Executive,  (d)  cancelling  outstanding  vested  or  unvested  equity  awards,  and/or  (e)  taking  any  other
remedial and recovery action permitted by law, as determined by the Committee.

If  a  Covered  Executive  fails  to  repay  all  of  the  excess  Incentive-Based  Compensation  to  the  Company  when  due,  the
Company will, or will cause one or more of its subsidiaries to, take all actions reasonable and appropriate to recover the excess
Incentive-Based  Compensation  from  the  Covered  Executive;  and  in  that  case  the  Covered  Executive  will  be  required  to
reimburse the Company and its subsidiaries for any and all expenses reasonably incurred (including legal fees) by the Company
or any of its subsidiaries in recovering the excess Incentive-Based Compensation.

8.

Indemnification and Insurance

Neither the Company nor any of its subsidiaries is permitted to indemnify or reimburse any Covered Executive against
the  recovery  of  the  excess  Incentive-Based  Compensation.  In  addition,  the  Company  and  its  subsidiaries  are  prohibited  from
paying  the  premiums  on  an  insurance  policy  that  would  cover  a  Covered  Executive’s  potential  recoupment  obligations,  or
entering into any agreement that exempts any Incentive-Based Compensation from this Policy or that waives the Company’s or
any of its subsidiary’s rights to recover the excess Incentive-Based Compensation in accordance with this Policy, and this Policy
will supersede any such agreement.

9.

Interpretation

The Committee is authorized to interpret and construe this Policy and to make all determinations necessary, appropriate,
or advisable for the administration of this Policy in its sole discretion. It is intended that this Policy be interpreted in a manner
that is consistent with the requirements of Section 10D and Rule 10D-1 of the Exchange Act, and any other applicable rules or
standards adopted by the SEC, the Exchange, or any other national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are or
may be listed.

10.

Applicability; Survivability

This  Policy  shall  be  effective  as  of  the  Effective  Date.  The  terms  of  this  Policy  shall  apply  to  any  Incentive-Based
Compensation that is received by Covered Executives on or after the Effective Date, even if such Incentive-Based Compensation
was approved, awarded, granted or paid to Covered Executives prior to the Effective Date. The Committee may require that any
employment agreement, offer letter, compensation plan, equity award agreement, or similar agreement entered into on or after the
Effective Date shall, as a condition to the grant of any benefit thereunder, require a Covered Executive to agree to abide by the
terms of this Policy.

This  Policy  will  survive  and  continue  notwithstanding  any  termination  of  a  Covered  Executive’s  employment  with  the

Company and its subsidiaries.

4

11.

Amendment; Termination

The Committee may amend this Policy from time to time in its sole discretion and shall amend this Policy as it deems
necessary in its sole discretion to reflect regulations adopted by the SEC under Section 10D of the Exchange Act and to comply
with  any  rules  or  standards  adopted  by  the  SEC,  the  Exchange,  or  any  other  national  securities  exchange  on  which  the
Company’s securities are or may be listed. The Committee may terminate this Policy at any time. Notwithstanding anything in
this Section 11 to the contrary, no amendment or termination of this Policy shall be effective if such amendment or termination
would  (after  taking  into  account  any  actions  taken  by  the  Company  contemporaneously  with  such  amendment  or  termination)
cause the Company to violate any federal securities laws or rules or standards adopted by the SEC, the Exchange, or any other
national securities exchange on which the Company’s securities are or may be listed.

12.

No Impairment of Other Remedies; Disclosure

This Policy does not preclude the Company from taking any other action to enforce a Covered Executive’s obligations to
the Company or limit any other remedies that the Company may have available to it and any other actions that the Company may
take,  including  termination  of  employment,  institution  of  civil  proceedings,  or  reporting  of  any  misconduct  to  appropriate
government authorities. The Company will comply with the disclosure, documentation and records requirements related to this
Policy under Section 10D of the Exchange Act, applicable listing rules of the Exchange and applicable SEC filings. This Policy
is in addition to the requirements of Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 that are applicable to the Company’s chief
executive officer and chief financial officer. The Board intends that this Policy will be applied to the fullest extent of the law. Any
right of recoupment under this Policy is in addition to, and not in lieu of, any other remedies or rights of recoupment that may be
available to the Company and any of its subsidiaries under applicable law, regulation or rule or under the terms of any similar
policy  in  any  employment  agreement,  offer  letter,  compensation  plan,  equity  award  agreement,  or  similar  agreement  and  any
other legal and equitable remedies available to the Company or any of its subsidiaries, or any actions that may be imposed by law
enforcement agencies, regulators, administrative bodies, or other authorities.

13.

Impracticability

The  Company  shall  recover  any  excess  Incentive-Based  Compensation  in  accordance  with  this  Policy  unless  such
recovery would be impracticable, after exercising a normal due process review of all the relevant facts and circumstances. The
Committee  may  determine  in  good  faith  that  recovery  of  any  excess  Incentive-Based  Compensation  is  impracticable  if:  (a)
pursuing such recovery would violate home country law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of the Company where that law was
adopted prior to November 28, 2022 and the Company provides an opinion of home country counsel to that effect acceptable to
the Exchange, (b) the direct expense paid to a third party to assist in enforcing this Policy would exceed the excess Incentive-
Based  Compensation  and  the  Company  has  (i)  made  a  reasonable  attempt  to  recover  such  amounts  and  (ii)  provided
documentation  of  such  attempts  to  recover  to  the  Exchange,  or  (c)  recovery  would  likely  cause  an  otherwise  tax-qualified
retirement plan, under which benefits are broadly available

5

to employees of the Company, to fail to meet the requirements of Section 401(a)(13) or Section 411(a) of the Internal Revenue
Code of 1986, as amended.

14.

Successors

This  Policy  shall  be  binding  and  enforceable  against  all  Covered  Executives  and  their  successors,  beneficiaries,  heirs,

executors, administrators or other legal representatives.

[Remainder Of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

6